1 files changed, 1 insertions, 1 deletions
diff --git a/Doc/lib/libshelve.tex b/Doc/lib/libshelve.tex
index 47f7ef6..9e9f7fe 100644
--- a/Doc/lib/libshelve.tex
+++ b/Doc/lib/libshelve.tex
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Open a persistent dictionary.  The filename specified is the base filename
 for the underlying database.  As a side-effect, an extension may be added to
 the filename and more than one file may be created.  By default, the
 underlying database file is opened for reading and writing.  The optional
-{}\var{flag} pararameter has the same interpretation as the \var{flag}
+{}\var{flag} parameter has the same interpretation as the \var{flag}
 parameter of \function{anydbm.open}.  
 
 By default, version 0 pickles are used to serialize values. 
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index ba9ee85..fb3dd5b 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -9,11 +9,8 @@
 *~
 .gdb_history
 Doc/build/
-Doc/tools/docutils/
-Doc/tools/jinja/
-Doc/tools/jinja2/
-Doc/tools/pygments/
-Doc/tools/sphinx/
+Doc/venv/
+Lib/distutils/command/*.pdb
 Lib/lib2to3/*.pickle
 Lib/test/data/*
 Lib/_sysconfigdata.py
@@ -27,18 +24,30 @@ Modules/Setup.config
 Modules/Setup.local
 Modules/config.c
 Modules/ld_so_aix
-Modules/_freeze_importlib
-Modules/_testembed
-PCbuild/*.bsc
-PCbuild/*.dll
-PCbuild/*.exe
-PCbuild/*.exp
-PCbuild/*.lib
-PCbuild/*.ncb
-PCbuild/*.o
-PCbuild/*.pdb
-PCbuild/Win32-temp-*
+Programs/_freeze_importlib
+Programs/_testembed
+PC/python_nt*.h
+PC/pythonnt_rc*.h
+PC/*/*.exe
+PC/*/*.exp
+PC/*/*.lib
+PC/*/*.bsc
+PC/*/*.dll
+PC/*/*.pdb
+PC/*/*.user
+PC/*/*.ncb
+PC/*/*.suo
+PC/*/Win32-temp-*
+PC/*/x64-temp-*
+PC/*/amd64
+PCbuild/*.user
+PCbuild/*.suo
+PCbuild/*.*sdf
+PCbuild/*-pgi
+PCbuild/*-pgo
 PCbuild/amd64/
+PCbuild/obj
+PCBuild/win32
 .purify
 Parser/pgen
 __pycache__
@@ -61,6 +70,7 @@ pyconfig.h
 python
 python-config
 python-config.py
+python.bat
 python.exe
 python-gdb.py
 python.exe-gdb.py
@@ -72,3 +82,6 @@ TAGS
 coverage/
 externals/
 htmlcov/
+Tools/msi/obj
+Tools/ssl/amd64
+Tools/ssl/win32
diff --git a/.hgignore b/.hgignore
index 9e5a583..7a52606 100644
--- a/.hgignore
+++ b/.hgignore
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ TAGS$
 autom4te.cache$
 ^build/
 ^Doc/build/
+^Doc/venv/
 buildno$
 config.cache
 config.log
@@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ db_home
 platform$
 pyconfig.h$
 python$
+python.bat$
 python.exe$
 python-config$
 python-config.py$
@@ -48,13 +50,12 @@ libpython*.so*
 *.pyd
 *.cover
 *~
+Lib/distutils/command/*.pdb
 Lib/lib2to3/*.pickle
 Lib/test/data/*
 Misc/*.wpu
 PC/python_nt*.h
 PC/pythonnt_rc*.h
-PC/*.obj
-PC/*.exe
 PC/*/*.exe
 PC/*/*.exp
 PC/*/*.lib
@@ -67,29 +68,20 @@ PC/*/*.suo
 PC/*/Win32-temp-*
 PC/*/x64-temp-*
 PC/*/amd64
-PCbuild/*.exe
-PCbuild/*.dll
-PCbuild/*.pdb
-PCbuild/*.lib
-PCbuild/*.exp
-PCbuild/*.o
-PCbuild/*.ncb
-PCbuild/*.bsc
 PCbuild/*.user
 PCbuild/*.suo
 PCbuild/*.*sdf
-PCbuild/Win32-temp-*
-PCbuild/x64-temp-*
 PCbuild/*-pgi
 PCbuild/*-pgo
 PCbuild/amd64
-PCbuild/ipch
+PCbuild/obj
+PCbuild/win32
 Tools/unicode/build/
 Tools/unicode/MAPPINGS/
 BuildLog.htm
 __pycache__
-Modules/_freeze_importlib
-Modules/_testembed
+Programs/_freeze_importlib
+Programs/_testembed
 .coverage
 coverage/
 externals/
@@ -98,3 +90,6 @@ htmlcov/
 *.gcno
 *.gcov
 coverage.info
+Tools/msi/obj
+Tools/ssl/amd64
+Tools/ssl/win32
diff --git a/.hgtags b/.hgtags
index d5eea24..b393a33 100644
--- a/.hgtags
+++ b/.hgtags
@@ -144,3 +144,5 @@ c0e311e010fcb5bae8d87ca22051cd0845ea0ca0 v3.4.1
 ab2c023a9432f16652e89c404bbc84aa91bf55af v3.4.2
 69dd528ca6255a66c37cc5cf680e8357d108b036 v3.4.3rc1
 b4cbecbc0781e89a309d03b60a1f75f8499250e6 v3.4.3
+5d4b6a57d5fd7564bf73f3db0e46fe5eeb00bcd8 v3.5.0a1
+0337bd7ebcb6559d69679bc7025059ad1ce4f432 v3.5.0a2
diff --git a/.hgtouch b/.hgtouch
index 7e3a5e7..b9be0f1 100644
--- a/.hgtouch
+++ b/.hgtouch
@@ -2,7 +2,9 @@
 # Define dependencies of generated files that are checked into hg.
 # The syntax of this file uses make rule dependencies, without actions
 
-Python/importlib.h: Lib/importlib/_bootstrap.py Modules/_freeze_importlib.c
+Python/importlib.h: Lib/importlib/_bootstrap.py Programs/_freeze_importlib.c
+
+Include/opcode.h:  Lib/opcode.py Tools/scripts/generate_opcode_h.py
 
 Include/Python-ast.h: Parser/Python.asdl Parser/asdl.py Parser/asdl_c.py
 Python/Python-ast.c: Include/Python-ast.h
diff --git a/Doc/Makefile b/Doc/Makefile
index ea30231..200a9f7 100644
--- a/Doc/Makefile
+++ b/Doc/Makefile
@@ -15,11 +15,12 @@ ALLSPHINXOPTS = -b $(BUILDER) -d build/doctrees -D latex_paper_size=$(PAPER) \
 
 .PHONY: help build html htmlhelp latex text changes linkcheck \
 	suspicious coverage doctest pydoc-topics htmlview clean dist check serve \
-	autobuild-dev autobuild-stable
+	autobuild-dev autobuild-stable venv
 
 help:
 	@echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of"
 	@echo "  clean      to remove build files"
+	@echo "  venv       to create a venv with necessary tools"
 	@echo "  html       to make standalone HTML files"
 	@echo "  htmlview   to open the index page built by the html target in your browser"
 	@echo "  htmlhelp   to make HTML files and a HTML help project"
@@ -102,7 +103,11 @@ htmlview: html
 	 $(PYTHON) -c "import webbrowser; webbrowser.open('build/html/index.html')"
 
 clean:
-	-rm -rf build/*
+	-rm -rf build/* venv/*
+
+venv:
+	$(PYTHON) -m venv venv
+	./venv/bin/python3 -m pip install -U Sphinx
 
 dist:
 	rm -rf dist
@@ -172,4 +177,3 @@ autobuild-stable:
 		exit 1;; \
 	esac
 	@make autobuild-dev
-
diff --git a/Doc/README.txt b/Doc/README.txt
index 58bda62..580d102 100644
--- a/Doc/README.txt
+++ b/Doc/README.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Python Documentation README
 
 This directory contains the reStructuredText (reST) sources to the Python
 documentation.  You don't need to build them yourself, prebuilt versions are
-available at <https://docs.python.org/3.4/download.html>.
+available at <https://docs.python.org/dev/download.html>.
 
 Documentation on authoring Python documentation, including information about
 both style and markup, is available in the "Documenting Python" chapter of the
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/codec.rst b/Doc/c-api/codec.rst
index 83252af..dfe3d43 100644
--- a/Doc/c-api/codec.rst
+++ b/Doc/c-api/codec.rst
@@ -116,3 +116,8 @@ Registry API for Unicode encoding error handlers
    Replace the unicode encode error with backslash escapes (``\x``, ``\u`` and
    ``\U``).
 
+.. c:function:: PyObject* PyCodec_NameReplaceErrors(PyObject *exc)
+
+   Replace the unicode encode error with ``\N{...}`` escapes.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/exceptions.rst b/Doc/c-api/exceptions.rst
index 66b7752..814317b 100644
--- a/Doc/c-api/exceptions.rst
+++ b/Doc/c-api/exceptions.rst
@@ -9,13 +9,19 @@ Exception Handling
 
 The functions described in this chapter will let you handle and raise Python
 exceptions.  It is important to understand some of the basics of Python
-exception handling.  It works somewhat like the Unix :c:data:`errno` variable:
+exception handling.  It works somewhat like the POSIX :c:data:`errno` variable:
 there is a global indicator (per thread) of the last error that occurred.  Most
-functions don't clear this on success, but will set it to indicate the cause of
-the error on failure.  Most functions also return an error indicator, usually
-*NULL* if they are supposed to return a pointer, or ``-1`` if they return an
-integer (exception: the :c:func:`PyArg_\*` functions return ``1`` for success and
-``0`` for failure).
+C API functions don't clear this on success, but will set it to indicate the
+cause of the error on failure.  Most C API functions also return an error
+indicator, usually *NULL* if they are supposed to return a pointer, or ``-1``
+if they return an integer (exception: the :c:func:`PyArg_\*` functions
+return ``1`` for success and ``0`` for failure).
+
+Concretely, the error indicator consists of three object pointers: the
+exception's type, the exception's value, and the traceback object.  Any
+of those pointers can be NULL if non-set (although some combinations are
+forbidden, for example you can't have a non-NULL traceback if the exception
+type is NULL).
 
 When a function must fail because some function it called failed, it generally
 doesn't set the error indicator; the function it called already set it.  It is
@@ -27,12 +33,21 @@ the caller that an error has been set.  If the error is not handled or carefully
 propagated, additional calls into the Python/C API may not behave as intended
 and may fail in mysterious ways.
 
-The error indicator consists of three Python objects corresponding to the result
-of ``sys.exc_info()``.  API functions exist to interact with the error indicator
-in various ways.  There is a separate error indicator for each thread.
+.. note::
+   The error indicator is **not** the result of :func:`sys.exc_info()`.
+   The former corresponds to an exception that is not yet caught (and is
+   therefore still propagating), while the latter returns an exception after
+   it is caught (and has therefore stopped propagating).
 
-.. XXX Order of these should be more thoughtful.
-   Either alphabetical or some kind of structure.
+
+Printing and clearing
+=====================
+
+
+.. c:function:: void PyErr_Clear()
+
+   Clear the error indicator.  If the error indicator is not set, there is no
+   effect.
 
 
 .. c:function:: void PyErr_PrintEx(int set_sys_last_vars)
@@ -51,127 +66,24 @@ in various ways.  There is a separate error indicator for each thread.
    Alias for ``PyErr_PrintEx(1)``.
 
 
-.. c:function:: PyObject* PyErr_Occurred()
-
-   Test whether the error indicator is set.  If set, return the exception *type*
-   (the first argument to the last call to one of the :c:func:`PyErr_Set\*`
-   functions or to :c:func:`PyErr_Restore`).  If not set, return *NULL*.  You do not
-   own a reference to the return value, so you do not need to :c:func:`Py_DECREF`
-   it.
-
-   .. note::
-
-      Do not compare the return value to a specific exception; use
-      :c:func:`PyErr_ExceptionMatches` instead, shown below.  (The comparison could
-      easily fail since the exception may be an instance instead of a class, in the
-      case of a class exception, or it may be a subclass of the expected exception.)
-
-
-.. c:function:: int PyErr_ExceptionMatches(PyObject *exc)
-
-   Equivalent to ``PyErr_GivenExceptionMatches(PyErr_Occurred(), exc)``.  This
-   should only be called when an exception is actually set; a memory access
-   violation will occur if no exception has been raised.
-
-
-.. c:function:: int PyErr_GivenExceptionMatches(PyObject *given, PyObject *exc)
-
-   Return true if the *given* exception matches the exception in *exc*.  If
-   *exc* is a class object, this also returns true when *given* is an instance
-   of a subclass.  If *exc* is a tuple, all exceptions in the tuple (and
-   recursively in subtuples) are searched for a match.
-
-
-.. c:function:: void PyErr_NormalizeException(PyObject**exc, PyObject**val, PyObject**tb)
-
-   Under certain circumstances, the values returned by :c:func:`PyErr_Fetch` below
-   can be "unnormalized", meaning that ``*exc`` is a class object but ``*val`` is
-   not an instance of the  same class.  This function can be used to instantiate
-   the class in that case.  If the values are already normalized, nothing happens.
-   The delayed normalization is implemented to improve performance.
-
-   .. note::
-
-      This function *does not* implicitly set the ``__traceback__``
-      attribute on the exception value. If setting the traceback
-      appropriately is desired, the following additional snippet is needed::
-
-         if (tb != NULL) {
-           PyException_SetTraceback(val, tb);
-         }
-
-
-.. c:function:: void PyErr_Clear()
-
-   Clear the error indicator.  If the error indicator is not set, there is no
-   effect.
-
-
-.. c:function:: void PyErr_Fetch(PyObject **ptype, PyObject **pvalue, PyObject **ptraceback)
-
-   Retrieve the error indicator into three variables whose addresses are passed.
-   If the error indicator is not set, set all three variables to *NULL*.  If it is
-   set, it will be cleared and you own a reference to each object retrieved.  The
-   value and traceback object may be *NULL* even when the type object is not.
-
-   .. note::
-
-      This function is normally only used by code that needs to handle exceptions or
-      by code that needs to save and restore the error indicator temporarily.
-
-
-.. c:function:: void PyErr_Restore(PyObject *type, PyObject *value, PyObject *traceback)
-
-   Set  the error indicator from the three objects.  If the error indicator is
-   already set, it is cleared first.  If the objects are *NULL*, the error
-   indicator is cleared.  Do not pass a *NULL* type and non-*NULL* value or
-   traceback.  The exception type should be a class.  Do not pass an invalid
-   exception type or value. (Violating these rules will cause subtle problems
-   later.)  This call takes away a reference to each object: you must own a
-   reference to each object before the call and after the call you no longer own
-   these references.  (If you don't understand this, don't use this function.  I
-   warned you.)
-
-   .. note::
-
-      This function is normally only used by code that needs to save and restore the
-      error indicator temporarily; use :c:func:`PyErr_Fetch` to save the current
-      exception state.
-
-
-.. c:function:: void PyErr_GetExcInfo(PyObject **ptype, PyObject **pvalue, PyObject **ptraceback)
-
-   Retrieve the exception info, as known from ``sys.exc_info()``.  This refers
-   to an exception that was already caught, not to an exception that was
-   freshly raised.  Returns new references for the three objects, any of which
-   may be *NULL*.  Does not modify the exception info state.
-
-   .. note::
-
-      This function is not normally used by code that wants to handle exceptions.
-      Rather, it can be used when code needs to save and restore the exception
-      state temporarily.  Use :c:func:`PyErr_SetExcInfo` to restore or clear the
-      exception state.
-
-   .. versionadded:: 3.3
-
+.. c:function:: void PyErr_WriteUnraisable(PyObject *obj)
 
-.. c:function:: void PyErr_SetExcInfo(PyObject *type, PyObject *value, PyObject *traceback)
+   This utility function prints a warning message to ``sys.stderr`` when an
+   exception has been set but it is impossible for the interpreter to actually
+   raise the exception.  It is used, for example, when an exception occurs in an
+   :meth:`__del__` method.
 
-   Set the exception info, as known from ``sys.exc_info()``.  This refers
-   to an exception that was already caught, not to an exception that was
-   freshly raised.  This function steals the references of the arguments.
-   To clear the exception state, pass *NULL* for all three arguments.
-   For general rules about the three arguments, see :c:func:`PyErr_Restore`.
+   The function is called with a single argument *obj* that identifies the context
+   in which the unraisable exception occurred. The repr of *obj* will be printed in
+   the warning message.
 
-   .. note::
 
-      This function is not normally used by code that wants to handle exceptions.
-      Rather, it can be used when code needs to save and restore the exception
-      state temporarily.  Use :c:func:`PyErr_GetExcInfo` to read the exception
-      state.
+Raising exceptions
+==================
 
-   .. versionadded:: 3.3
+These functions help you set the current thread's error indicator.
+For convenience, some of these functions will always return a
+NULL pointer for use in a ``return`` statement.
 
 
 .. c:function:: void PyErr_SetString(PyObject *type, const char *message)
@@ -197,6 +109,14 @@ in various ways.  There is a separate error indicator for each thread.
    string.
 
 
+.. c:function:: PyObject* PyErr_FormatV(PyObject *exception, const char *format, va_list vargs)
+
+   Same as :c:func:`PyErr_Format`, but taking a :c:type:`va_list` argument rather
+   than a variable number of arguments.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. c:function:: void PyErr_SetNone(PyObject *type)
 
    This is a shorthand for ``PyErr_SetObject(type, Py_None)``.
@@ -346,6 +266,22 @@ in various ways.  There is a separate error indicator for each thread.
    use.
 
 
+Issuing warnings
+================
+
+Use these functions to issue warnings from C code.  They mirror similar
+functions exported by the Python :mod:`warnings` module.  They normally
+print a warning message to *sys.stderr*; however, it is
+also possible that the user has specified that warnings are to be turned into
+errors, and in that case they will raise an exception.  It is also possible that
+the functions raise an exception because of a problem with the warning machinery.
+The return value is ``0`` if no exception is raised, or ``-1`` if an exception
+is raised.  (It is not possible to determine whether a warning message is
+actually printed, nor what the reason is for the exception; this is
+intentional.)  If an exception is raised, the caller should do its normal
+exception handling (for example, :c:func:`Py_DECREF` owned references and return
+an error value).
+
 .. c:function:: int PyErr_WarnEx(PyObject *category, const char *message, Py_ssize_t stack_level)
 
    Issue a warning message.  The *category* argument is a warning category (see
@@ -355,18 +291,6 @@ in various ways.  There is a separate error indicator for each thread.
    is the function calling :c:func:`PyErr_WarnEx`, 2 is  the function above that,
    and so forth.
 
-   This function normally prints a warning message to *sys.stderr*; however, it is
-   also possible that the user has specified that warnings are to be turned into
-   errors, and in that case this will raise an exception.  It is also possible that
-   the function raises an exception because of a problem with the warning machinery
-   (the implementation imports the :mod:`warnings` module to do the heavy lifting).
-   The return value is ``0`` if no exception is raised, or ``-1`` if an exception
-   is raised.  (It is not possible to determine whether a warning message is
-   actually printed, nor what the reason is for the exception; this is
-   intentional.)  If an exception is raised, the caller should do its normal
-   exception handling (for example, :c:func:`Py_DECREF` owned references and return
-   an error value).
-
    Warning categories must be subclasses of :c:data:`Warning`; the default warning
    category is :c:data:`RuntimeWarning`.  The standard Python warning categories are
    available as global variables whose names are ``PyExc_`` followed by the Python
@@ -410,6 +334,139 @@ in various ways.  There is a separate error indicator for each thread.
    .. versionadded:: 3.2
 
 
+Querying the error indicator
+============================
+
+.. c:function:: PyObject* PyErr_Occurred()
+
+   Test whether the error indicator is set.  If set, return the exception *type*
+   (the first argument to the last call to one of the :c:func:`PyErr_Set\*`
+   functions or to :c:func:`PyErr_Restore`).  If not set, return *NULL*.  You do not
+   own a reference to the return value, so you do not need to :c:func:`Py_DECREF`
+   it.
+
+   .. note::
+
+      Do not compare the return value to a specific exception; use
+      :c:func:`PyErr_ExceptionMatches` instead, shown below.  (The comparison could
+      easily fail since the exception may be an instance instead of a class, in the
+      case of a class exception, or it may be a subclass of the expected exception.)
+
+
+.. c:function:: int PyErr_ExceptionMatches(PyObject *exc)
+
+   Equivalent to ``PyErr_GivenExceptionMatches(PyErr_Occurred(), exc)``.  This
+   should only be called when an exception is actually set; a memory access
+   violation will occur if no exception has been raised.
+
+
+.. c:function:: int PyErr_GivenExceptionMatches(PyObject *given, PyObject *exc)
+
+   Return true if the *given* exception matches the exception type in *exc*.  If
+   *exc* is a class object, this also returns true when *given* is an instance
+   of a subclass.  If *exc* is a tuple, all exception types in the tuple (and
+   recursively in subtuples) are searched for a match.
+
+
+.. c:function:: void PyErr_Fetch(PyObject **ptype, PyObject **pvalue, PyObject **ptraceback)
+
+   Retrieve the error indicator into three variables whose addresses are passed.
+   If the error indicator is not set, set all three variables to *NULL*.  If it is
+   set, it will be cleared and you own a reference to each object retrieved.  The
+   value and traceback object may be *NULL* even when the type object is not.
+
+   .. note::
+
+      This function is normally only used by code that needs to catch exceptions or
+      by code that needs to save and restore the error indicator temporarily, e.g.::
+
+         {
+            PyObject **type, **value, **traceback;
+            PyErr_Fetch(&type, &value, &traceback);
+
+            /* ... code that might produce other errors ... */
+
+            PyErr_Restore(type, value, traceback);
+         }
+
+
+.. c:function:: void PyErr_Restore(PyObject *type, PyObject *value, PyObject *traceback)
+
+   Set  the error indicator from the three objects.  If the error indicator is
+   already set, it is cleared first.  If the objects are *NULL*, the error
+   indicator is cleared.  Do not pass a *NULL* type and non-*NULL* value or
+   traceback.  The exception type should be a class.  Do not pass an invalid
+   exception type or value. (Violating these rules will cause subtle problems
+   later.)  This call takes away a reference to each object: you must own a
+   reference to each object before the call and after the call you no longer own
+   these references.  (If you don't understand this, don't use this function.  I
+   warned you.)
+
+   .. note::
+
+      This function is normally only used by code that needs to save and restore the
+      error indicator temporarily.  Use :c:func:`PyErr_Fetch` to save the current
+      error indicator.
+
+
+.. c:function:: void PyErr_NormalizeException(PyObject**exc, PyObject**val, PyObject**tb)
+
+   Under certain circumstances, the values returned by :c:func:`PyErr_Fetch` below
+   can be "unnormalized", meaning that ``*exc`` is a class object but ``*val`` is
+   not an instance of the  same class.  This function can be used to instantiate
+   the class in that case.  If the values are already normalized, nothing happens.
+   The delayed normalization is implemented to improve performance.
+
+   .. note::
+
+      This function *does not* implicitly set the ``__traceback__``
+      attribute on the exception value. If setting the traceback
+      appropriately is desired, the following additional snippet is needed::
+
+         if (tb != NULL) {
+           PyException_SetTraceback(val, tb);
+         }
+
+
+.. c:function:: void PyErr_GetExcInfo(PyObject **ptype, PyObject **pvalue, PyObject **ptraceback)
+
+   Retrieve the exception info, as known from ``sys.exc_info()``.  This refers
+   to an exception that was *already caught*, not to an exception that was
+   freshly raised.  Returns new references for the three objects, any of which
+   may be *NULL*.  Does not modify the exception info state.
+
+   .. note::
+
+      This function is not normally used by code that wants to handle exceptions.
+      Rather, it can be used when code needs to save and restore the exception
+      state temporarily.  Use :c:func:`PyErr_SetExcInfo` to restore or clear the
+      exception state.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.3
+
+
+.. c:function:: void PyErr_SetExcInfo(PyObject *type, PyObject *value, PyObject *traceback)
+
+   Set the exception info, as known from ``sys.exc_info()``.  This refers
+   to an exception that was *already caught*, not to an exception that was
+   freshly raised.  This function steals the references of the arguments.
+   To clear the exception state, pass *NULL* for all three arguments.
+   For general rules about the three arguments, see :c:func:`PyErr_Restore`.
+
+   .. note::
+
+      This function is not normally used by code that wants to handle exceptions.
+      Rather, it can be used when code needs to save and restore the exception
+      state temporarily.  Use :c:func:`PyErr_GetExcInfo` to read the exception
+      state.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.3
+
+
+Signal Handling
+===============
+
+
 .. c:function:: int PyErr_CheckSignals()
 
    .. index::
@@ -443,13 +500,21 @@ in various ways.  There is a separate error indicator for each thread.
 
 .. c:function:: int PySignal_SetWakeupFd(int fd)
 
-   This utility function specifies a file descriptor to which a ``'\0'`` byte will
-   be written whenever a signal is received.  It returns the previous such file
-   descriptor.  The value ``-1`` disables the feature; this is the initial state.
+   This utility function specifies a file descriptor to which the signal number
+   is written as a single byte whenever a signal is received. *fd* must be
+   non-blocking. It returns the previous such file descriptor.
+
+   The value ``-1`` disables the feature; this is the initial state.
    This is equivalent to :func:`signal.set_wakeup_fd` in Python, but without any
    error checking.  *fd* should be a valid file descriptor.  The function should
    only be called from the main thread.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      On Windows, the function now also supports socket handles.
+
+
+Exception Classes
+=================
 
 .. c:function:: PyObject* PyErr_NewException(char *name, PyObject *base, PyObject *dict)
 
@@ -475,18 +540,6 @@ in various ways.  There is a separate error indicator for each thread.
    .. versionadded:: 3.2
 
 
-.. c:function:: void PyErr_WriteUnraisable(PyObject *obj)
-
-   This utility function prints a warning message to ``sys.stderr`` when an
-   exception has been set but it is impossible for the interpreter to actually
-   raise the exception.  It is used, for example, when an exception occurs in an
-   :meth:`__del__` method.
-
-   The function is called with a single argument *obj* that identifies the context
-   in which the unraisable exception occurred. The repr of *obj* will be printed in
-   the warning message.
-
-
 Exception Objects
 =================
 
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/init.rst b/Doc/c-api/init.rst
index 4d358ca..fac9b47 100644
--- a/Doc/c-api/init.rst
+++ b/Doc/c-api/init.rst
@@ -134,6 +134,9 @@ Process-wide parameters
    change for the duration of the program's execution.  No code in the Python
    interpreter will change the contents of this storage.
 
+   Use :c:func:`Py_DecodeLocale` to decode a bytes string to get a
+   :c:type:`wchar_*` string.
+
 
 .. c:function:: wchar* Py_GetProgramName()
 
@@ -245,6 +248,9 @@ Process-wide parameters
    :data:`sys.exec_prefix` to be empty.  It is up to the caller to modify these
    if required after calling :c:func:`Py_Initialize`.
 
+   Use :c:func:`Py_DecodeLocale` to decode a bytes string to get a
+   :c:type:`wchar_*` string.
+
    The path argument is copied internally, so the caller may free it after the
    call completes.
 
@@ -344,6 +350,9 @@ Process-wide parameters
      :data:`sys.path`, which is the same as prepending the current working
      directory (``"."``).
 
+   Use :c:func:`Py_DecodeLocale` to decode a bytes string to get a
+   :c:type:`wchar_*` string.
+
    .. note::
       It is recommended that applications embedding the Python interpreter
       for purposes other than executing a single script pass 0 as *updatepath*,
@@ -368,6 +377,9 @@ Process-wide parameters
    to 1 unless the :program:`python` interpreter was started with the
    :option:`-I`.
 
+   Use :c:func:`Py_DecodeLocale` to decode a bytes string to get a
+   :c:type:`wchar_*` string.
+
    .. versionchanged:: 3.4 The *updatepath* value depends on :option:`-I`.
 
 
@@ -382,6 +394,9 @@ Process-wide parameters
    execution.  No code in the Python interpreter will change the contents of
    this storage.
 
+   Use :c:func:`Py_DecodeLocale` to decode a bytes string to get a
+   :c:type:`wchar_*` string.
+
 
 .. c:function:: w_char* Py_GetPythonHome()
 
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/memory.rst b/Doc/c-api/memory.rst
index a82e1c2..5d78f38 100644
--- a/Doc/c-api/memory.rst
+++ b/Doc/c-api/memory.rst
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ functions are thread-safe, the :term:`GIL <global interpreter lock>` does not
 need to be held.
 
 The default raw memory block allocator uses the following functions:
-:c:func:`malloc`, :c:func:`realloc` and :c:func:`free`; call ``malloc(1)`` when
-requesting zero bytes.
+:c:func:`malloc`, :c:func:`calloc`, :c:func:`realloc` and :c:func:`free`; call
+``malloc(1)`` (or ``calloc(1, 1)``) when requesting zero bytes.
 
 .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
@@ -106,6 +106,17 @@ requesting zero bytes.
    been initialized in any way.
 
 
+.. c:function:: void* PyMem_RawCalloc(size_t nelem, size_t elsize)
+
+   Allocates *nelem* elements each whose size in bytes is *elsize* and returns
+   a pointer of type :c:type:`void\*` to the allocated memory, or *NULL* if the
+   request fails. The memory is initialized to zeros. Requesting zero elements
+   or elements of size zero bytes returns a distinct non-*NULL* pointer if
+   possible, as if ``PyMem_RawCalloc(1, 1)`` had been called instead.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. c:function:: void* PyMem_RawRealloc(void *p, size_t n)
 
    Resizes the memory block pointed to by *p* to *n* bytes. The contents will
@@ -136,8 +147,8 @@ behavior when requesting zero bytes, are available for allocating and releasing
 memory from the Python heap.
 
 The default memory block allocator uses the following functions:
-:c:func:`malloc`, :c:func:`realloc` and :c:func:`free`; call ``malloc(1)`` when
-requesting zero bytes.
+:c:func:`malloc`, :c:func:`calloc`, :c:func:`realloc` and :c:func:`free`; call
+``malloc(1)`` (or ``calloc(1, 1)``) when requesting zero bytes.
 
 .. warning::
 
@@ -152,6 +163,17 @@ requesting zero bytes.
    been called instead. The memory will not have been initialized in any way.
 
 
+.. c:function:: void* PyMem_Calloc(size_t nelem, size_t elsize)
+
+   Allocates *nelem* elements each whose size in bytes is *elsize* and returns
+   a pointer of type :c:type:`void\*` to the allocated memory, or *NULL* if the
+   request fails. The memory is initialized to zeros. Requesting zero elements
+   or elements of size zero bytes returns a distinct non-*NULL* pointer if
+   possible, as if ``PyMem_Calloc(1, 1)`` had been called instead.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. c:function:: void* PyMem_Realloc(void *p, size_t n)
 
    Resizes the memory block pointed to by *p* to *n* bytes. The contents will be
@@ -210,7 +232,7 @@ Customize Memory Allocators
 
 .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
-.. c:type:: PyMemAllocator
+.. c:type:: PyMemAllocatorEx
 
    Structure used to describe a memory block allocator. The structure has
    four fields:
@@ -222,11 +244,19 @@ Customize Memory Allocators
    +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
    | ``void* malloc(void *ctx, size_t size)``                 | allocate a memory block               |
    +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+   | ``void* calloc(void *ctx, size_t nelem, size_t elsize)`` | allocate a memory block initialized   |
+   |                                                          | with zeros                            |
+   +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
    | ``void* realloc(void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t new_size)`` | allocate or resize a memory block     |
    +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
    | ``void free(void *ctx, void *ptr)``                      | free a memory block                   |
    +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The :c:type:`PyMemAllocator` structure was renamed to
+      :c:type:`PyMemAllocatorEx` and a new ``calloc`` field was added.
+
+
 .. c:type:: PyMemAllocatorDomain
 
    Enum used to identify an allocator domain. Domains:
@@ -239,12 +269,12 @@ Customize Memory Allocators
      :c:func:`PyObject_Realloc` and :c:func:`PyObject_Free`
 
 
-.. c:function:: void PyMem_GetAllocator(PyMemAllocatorDomain domain, PyMemAllocator *allocator)
+.. c:function:: void PyMem_GetAllocator(PyMemAllocatorDomain domain, PyMemAllocatorEx *allocator)
 
    Get the memory block allocator of the specified domain.
 
 
-.. c:function:: void PyMem_SetAllocator(PyMemAllocatorDomain domain, PyMemAllocator *allocator)
+.. c:function:: void PyMem_SetAllocator(PyMemAllocatorDomain domain, PyMemAllocatorEx *allocator)
 
    Set the memory block allocator of the specified domain.
 
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/number.rst b/Doc/c-api/number.rst
index 21951c3..9bcb649 100644
--- a/Doc/c-api/number.rst
+++ b/Doc/c-api/number.rst
@@ -30,6 +30,14 @@ Number Protocol
    the equivalent of the Python expression ``o1 * o2``.
 
 
+.. c:function:: PyObject* PyNumber_MatrixMultiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2)
+
+   Returns the result of matrix multiplication on *o1* and *o2*, or *NULL* on
+   failure.  This is the equivalent of the Python expression ``o1 @ o2``.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. c:function:: PyObject* PyNumber_FloorDivide(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2)
 
    Return the floor of *o1* divided by *o2*, or *NULL* on failure.  This is
@@ -146,6 +154,15 @@ Number Protocol
    the Python statement ``o1 *= o2``.
 
 
+.. c:function:: PyObject* PyNumber_InPlaceMatrixMultiply(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2)
+
+   Returns the result of matrix multiplication on *o1* and *o2*, or *NULL* on
+   failure.  The operation is done *in-place* when *o1* supports it.  This is
+   the equivalent of the Python statement ``o1 @= o2``.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. c:function:: PyObject* PyNumber_InPlaceFloorDivide(PyObject *o1, PyObject *o2)
 
    Returns the mathematical floor of dividing *o1* by *o2*, or *NULL* on failure.
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/sys.rst b/Doc/c-api/sys.rst
index 9760dca..a6a939c 100644
--- a/Doc/c-api/sys.rst
+++ b/Doc/c-api/sys.rst
@@ -47,6 +47,60 @@ Operating System Utilities
    not call those functions directly!  :c:type:`PyOS_sighandler_t` is a typedef
    alias for :c:type:`void (\*)(int)`.
 
+.. c:function:: wchar_t* Py_DecodeLocale(const char* arg, size_t *size)
+
+   Decode a byte string from the locale encoding with the :ref:`surrogateescape
+   error handler <surrogateescape>`: undecodable bytes are decoded as
+   characters in range U+DC80..U+DCFF. If a byte sequence can be decoded as a
+   surrogate character, escape the bytes using the surrogateescape error
+   handler instead of decoding them.
+
+   Return a pointer to a newly allocated wide character string, use
+   :c:func:`PyMem_RawFree` to free the memory. If size is not ``NULL``, write
+   the number of wide characters excluding the null character into ``*size``
+
+   Return ``NULL`` on decoding error or memory allocation error. If *size* is
+   not ``NULL``, ``*size`` is set to ``(size_t)-1`` on memory error or set to
+   ``(size_t)-2`` on decoding error.
+
+   Decoding errors should never happen, unless there is a bug in the C
+   library.
+
+   Use the :c:func:`Py_EncodeLocale` function to encode the character string
+   back to a byte string.
+
+   .. seealso::
+
+      The :c:func:`PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize` and
+      :c:func:`PyUnicode_DecodeLocaleAndSize` functions.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
+.. c:function:: char* Py_EncodeLocale(const wchar_t *text, size_t *error_pos)
+
+   Encode a wide character string to the locale encoding with the
+   :ref:`surrogateescape error handler <surrogateescape>`: surrogate characters
+   in the range U+DC80..U+DCFF are converted to bytes 0x80..0xFF.
+
+   Return a pointer to a newly allocated byte string, use :c:func:`PyMem_Free`
+   to free the memory. Return ``NULL`` on encoding error or memory allocation
+   error
+
+   If error_pos is not ``NULL``, ``*error_pos`` is set to the index of the
+   invalid character on encoding error, or set to ``(size_t)-1`` otherwise.
+
+   Use the :c:func:`Py_DecodeLocale` function to decode the bytes string back
+   to a wide character string.
+
+   .. seealso::
+
+      The :c:func:`PyUnicode_EncodeFSDefault` and
+      :c:func:`PyUnicode_EncodeLocale` functions.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. _systemfunctions:
 
 System Functions
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/typeobj.rst b/Doc/c-api/typeobj.rst
index b43622a..eb63705 100644
--- a/Doc/c-api/typeobj.rst
+++ b/Doc/c-api/typeobj.rst
@@ -1118,6 +1118,9 @@ Number Object Structures
             binaryfunc nb_inplace_true_divide;
 
             unaryfunc nb_index;
+
+            binaryfunc nb_matrix_multiply;
+            binaryfunc nb_inplace_matrix_multiply;
        } PyNumberMethods;
 
    .. note::
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst b/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst
index 03c284a..00063d0 100644
--- a/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst
+++ b/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst
@@ -759,11 +759,13 @@ system.
    *errors* is ``NULL``.  *str* must end with a null character but
    cannot contain embedded null characters.
 
+   Use :c:func:`PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize` to decode a string from
+   :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` (the locale encoding read at
+   Python startup).
+
    .. seealso::
 
-      Use :c:func:`PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefaultAndSize` to decode a string from
-      :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` (the locale encoding read at
-      Python startup).
+      The :c:func:`Py_DecodeLocale` function.
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.3
 
@@ -784,11 +786,13 @@ system.
    *errors* is ``NULL``. Return a :class:`bytes` object. *str* cannot
    contain embedded null characters.
 
+   Use :c:func:`PyUnicode_EncodeFSDefault` to encode a string to
+   :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` (the locale encoding read at
+   Python startup).
+
    .. seealso::
 
-      Use :c:func:`PyUnicode_EncodeFSDefault` to encode a string to
-      :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` (the locale encoding read at
-      Python startup).
+      The :c:func:`Py_EncodeLocale` function.
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.3
 
@@ -833,12 +837,14 @@ used, passing :c:func:`PyUnicode_FSDecoder` as the conversion function:
    If :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` is not set, fall back to the
    locale encoding.
 
+   :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` is initialized at startup from the
+   locale encoding and cannot be modified later. If you need to decode a string
+   from the current locale encoding, use
+   :c:func:`PyUnicode_DecodeLocaleAndSize`.
+
    .. seealso::
 
-      :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` is initialized at startup from the
-      locale encoding and cannot be modified later. If you need to decode a
-      string from the current locale encoding, use
-      :c:func:`PyUnicode_DecodeLocaleAndSize`.
+      The :c:func:`Py_DecodeLocale` function.
 
    .. versionchanged:: 3.2
       Use ``"strict"`` error handler on Windows.
@@ -868,12 +874,13 @@ used, passing :c:func:`PyUnicode_FSDecoder` as the conversion function:
    If :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` is not set, fall back to the
    locale encoding.
 
+   :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` is initialized at startup from the
+   locale encoding and cannot be modified later. If you need to encode a string
+   to the current locale encoding, use :c:func:`PyUnicode_EncodeLocale`.
+
    .. seealso::
 
-      :c:data:`Py_FileSystemDefaultEncoding` is initialized at startup from the
-      locale encoding and cannot be modified later. If you need to encode a
-      string to the current locale encoding, use
-      :c:func:`PyUnicode_EncodeLocale`.
+      The :c:func:`Py_EncodeLocale` function.
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.2
 
diff --git a/Doc/data/refcounts.dat b/Doc/data/refcounts.dat
index 6025617..d1c24e5 100644
--- a/Doc/data/refcounts.dat
+++ b/Doc/data/refcounts.dat
@@ -349,6 +349,11 @@ PyErr_Format:PyObject*:exception:+1:
 PyErr_Format:const char*:format::
 PyErr_Format::...::
 
+PyErr_FormatV:PyObject*::null:
+PyErr_FormatV:PyObject*:exception:+1:
+PyErr_FormatV:const char*:format::
+PyErr_FormatV:va_list:vargs::
+
 PyErr_WarnEx:int:::
 PyErr_WarnEx:PyObject*:category:0:
 PyErr_WarnEx:const char*:message::
diff --git a/Doc/distutils/apiref.rst b/Doc/distutils/apiref.rst
index 82bed24..53d7527 100644
--- a/Doc/distutils/apiref.rst
+++ b/Doc/distutils/apiref.rst
@@ -1099,13 +1099,13 @@ other utility module.
    during the build of Python), not the OS version of the current system.
 
    For universal binary builds on Mac OS X the architecture value reflects
-   the univeral binary status instead of the architecture of the current
+   the universal binary status instead of the architecture of the current
    processor. For 32-bit universal binaries the architecture is ``fat``,
    for 64-bit universal binaries the architecture is ``fat64``, and
    for 4-way universal binaries the architecture is ``universal``. Starting
    from Python 2.7 and Python 3.2 the architecture ``fat3`` is used for
    a 3-way universal build (ppc, i386, x86_64) and ``intel`` is used for
-   a univeral build with the i386 and x86_64 architectures
+   a universal build with the i386 and x86_64 architectures
 
    Examples of returned values on Mac OS X:
 
diff --git a/Doc/distutils/builtdist.rst b/Doc/distutils/builtdist.rst
index ac96c40..c5827b6 100644
--- a/Doc/distutils/builtdist.rst
+++ b/Doc/distutils/builtdist.rst
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ support this option, so the command::
 would create a 64bit installation executable on your 32bit version of Windows.
 
 To cross-compile, you must download the Python source code and cross-compile
-Python itself for the platform you are targetting - it is not possible from a
+Python itself for the platform you are targeting - it is not possible from a
 binary installation of Python (as the .lib etc file for other platforms are
 not included.)  In practice, this means the user of a 32 bit operating
 system will need to use Visual Studio 2008 to open the
diff --git a/Doc/extending/embedding.rst b/Doc/extending/embedding.rst
index 6cb686a..acd60ae 100644
--- a/Doc/extending/embedding.rst
+++ b/Doc/extending/embedding.rst
@@ -58,12 +58,18 @@ perform some operation on a file. ::
    int
    main(int argc, char *argv[])
    {
-     Py_SetProgramName(argv[0]);  /* optional but recommended */
-     Py_Initialize();
-     PyRun_SimpleString("from time import time,ctime\n"
-                        "print('Today is', ctime(time()))\n");
-     Py_Finalize();
-     return 0;
+       wchar_t *program = Py_DecodeLocale(argv[0], NULL);
+       if (program == NULL) {
+           fprintf(stderr, "Fatal error: cannot decode argv[0]\n");
+           exit(1);
+       }
+       Py_SetProgramName(program);  /* optional but recommended */
+       Py_Initialize();
+       PyRun_SimpleString("from time import time,ctime\n"
+                          "print('Today is', ctime(time()))\n");
+       Py_Finalize();
+       PyMem_RawFree(program);
+       return 0;
    }
 
 The :c:func:`Py_SetProgramName` function should be called before
@@ -160,7 +166,7 @@ for data conversion between Python and C, and for error reporting.  The
 interesting part with respect to embedding Python starts with ::
 
    Py_Initialize();
-   pName = PyUnicode_FromString(argv[1]);
+   pName = PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefault(argv[1]);
    /* Error checking of pName left out */
    pModule = PyImport_Import(pName);
 
diff --git a/Doc/extending/extending.rst b/Doc/extending/extending.rst
index c10efa9..17cfdeb 100644
--- a/Doc/extending/extending.rst
+++ b/Doc/extending/extending.rst
@@ -375,11 +375,17 @@ optionally followed by an import of the module::
    int
    main(int argc, char *argv[])
    {
+       wchar_t *program = Py_DecodeLocale(argv[0], NULL);
+       if (program == NULL) {
+           fprintf(stderr, "Fatal error: cannot decode argv[0]\n");
+           exit(1);
+       }
+
        /* Add a built-in module, before Py_Initialize */
        PyImport_AppendInittab("spam", PyInit_spam);
 
        /* Pass argv[0] to the Python interpreter */
-       Py_SetProgramName(argv[0]);
+       Py_SetProgramName(program);
 
        /* Initialize the Python interpreter.  Required. */
        Py_Initialize();
@@ -391,6 +397,10 @@ optionally followed by an import of the module::
 
        ...
 
+       PyMem_RawFree(program);
+       return 0;
+   }
+
 .. note::
 
    Removing entries from ``sys.modules`` or importing compiled modules into
diff --git a/Doc/glossary.rst b/Doc/glossary.rst
index 1de86ef..578fd11 100644
--- a/Doc/glossary.rst
+++ b/Doc/glossary.rst
@@ -402,6 +402,19 @@ Glossary
       than compiled ones, though their programs generally also run more
       slowly.  See also :term:`interactive`.
 
+   interpreter shutdown
+      When asked to shut down, the Python interpreter enters a special phase
+      where it gradually releases all allocated resources, such as modules
+      and various critical internal structures.  It also makes several calls
+      to the :term:`garbage collector <garbage collection>`. This can trigger
+      the execution of code in user-defined destructors or weakref callbacks.
+      Code executed during the shutdown phase can encounter various
+      exceptions as the resources it relies on may not function anymore
+      (common examples are library modules or the warnings machinery).
+
+      The main reason for interpreter shutdown is that the ``__main__`` module
+      or the script being run has finished executing.
+
    iterable
       An object capable of returning its members one at a time. Examples of
       iterables include all sequence types (such as :class:`list`, :class:`str`,
@@ -444,12 +457,13 @@ Glossary
 
       A number of tools in Python accept key functions to control how elements
       are ordered or grouped.  They include :func:`min`, :func:`max`,
-      :func:`sorted`, :meth:`list.sort`, :func:`heapq.nsmallest`,
-      :func:`heapq.nlargest`, and :func:`itertools.groupby`.
+      :func:`sorted`, :meth:`list.sort`, :func:`heapq.merge`,
+      :func:`heapq.nsmallest`, :func:`heapq.nlargest`, and
+      :func:`itertools.groupby`.
 
       There are several ways to create a key function.  For example. the
       :meth:`str.lower` method can serve as a key function for case insensitive
-      sorts.  Alternatively, an ad-hoc key function can be built from a
+      sorts.  Alternatively, a key function can be built from a
       :keyword:`lambda` expression such as ``lambda r: (r[0], r[2])``.  Also,
       the :mod:`operator` module provides three key function constructors:
       :func:`~operator.attrgetter`, :func:`~operator.itemgetter`, and
diff --git a/Doc/howto/clinic.rst b/Doc/howto/clinic.rst
index 750ddbe..ca8e1cb 100644
--- a/Doc/howto/clinic.rst
+++ b/Doc/howto/clinic.rst
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ Argument Clinic generates code that does it for you (in the parsing function).
 Advanced converters
 -------------------
 
-Remeber those format units you skipped for your first
+Remember those format units you skipped for your first
 time because they were advanced?  Here's how to handle those too.
 
 The trick is, all those format units take arguments--either
@@ -1020,12 +1020,12 @@ any of the default arguments you can omit the parentheses.
 the ``"as"`` should come before the return converter.)
 
 There's one additional complication when using return converters: how do you
-indicate an error has occured?  Normally, a function returns a valid (non-``NULL``)
+indicate an error has occurred?  Normally, a function returns a valid (non-``NULL``)
 pointer for success, and ``NULL`` for failure.  But if you use an integer return converter,
 all integers are valid.  How can Argument Clinic detect an error?  Its solution: each return
 converter implicitly looks for a special value that indicates an error.  If you return
 that value, and an error has been set (``PyErr_Occurred()`` returns a true
-value), then the generated code will propogate the error.  Otherwise it will
+value), then the generated code will propagate the error.  Otherwise it will
 encode the value you return like normal.
 
 Currently Argument Clinic supports only a few return converters::
@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ The fourth new directive is ``set``::
 ``line_prefix`` is a string that will be prepended to every line of Clinic's output;
 ``line_suffix`` is a string that will be appended to every line of Clinic's output.
 
-Both of these suport two format strings:
+Both of these support two format strings:
 
   ``{block comment start}``
     Turns into the string ``/*``, the start-comment text sequence for C files.
diff --git a/Doc/howto/logging-cookbook.rst b/Doc/howto/logging-cookbook.rst
index 114ec09..e31b6c2 100644
--- a/Doc/howto/logging-cookbook.rst
+++ b/Doc/howto/logging-cookbook.rst
@@ -325,6 +325,15 @@ which, when run, will produce::
 
     MainThread: Look out!
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   Prior to Python 3.5, the :class:`QueueListener` always passed every message
+   received from the queue to every handler it was initialized with. (This was
+   because it was assumed that level filtering was all done on the other side,
+   where the queue is filled.) From 3.5 onwards, this behaviour can be changed
+   by passing a keyword argument ``respect_handler_level=True`` to the
+   listener's constructor. When this is done, the listener compares the level
+   of each message with the handler's level, and only passes a message to a
+   handler if it's appropriate to do so.
 
 .. _network-logging:
 
@@ -1680,7 +1689,7 @@ as in the following complete example::
 
     def main():
         logging.basicConfig(level=logging.INFO, format='%(message)s')
-        logging.info(_('message 1', set_value=set([1, 2, 3]), snowman='\u2603'))
+        logging.info(_('message 1', set_value={1, 2, 3}, snowman='\u2603'))
 
     if __name__ == '__main__':
         main()
diff --git a/Doc/howto/regex.rst b/Doc/howto/regex.rst
index fbe763b..9ae04d7 100644
--- a/Doc/howto/regex.rst
+++ b/Doc/howto/regex.rst
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ keep track of the group numbers.  There are two features which help with this
 problem.  Both of them use a common syntax for regular expression extensions, so
 we'll look at that first.
 
-Perl 5 is well-known for its powerful additions to standard regular expressions.
+Perl 5 is well known for its powerful additions to standard regular expressions.
 For these new features the Perl developers couldn't choose new single-keystroke metacharacters
 or new special sequences beginning with ``\`` without making Perl's regular
 expressions confusingly different from standard REs.  If they chose ``&`` as a
diff --git a/Doc/howto/sockets.rst b/Doc/howto/sockets.rst
index d5aff90..04394d4 100644
--- a/Doc/howto/sockets.rst
+++ b/Doc/howto/sockets.rst
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ messages to be sent back to back (without some kind of reply), and you pass
 following message. You'll need to put that aside and hold onto it, until it's
 needed.
 
-Prefixing the message with it's length (say, as 5 numeric characters) gets more
+Prefixing the message with its length (say, as 5 numeric characters) gets more
 complex, because (believe it or not), you may not get all 5 characters in one
 ``recv``. In playing around, you'll get away with it; but in high network loads,
 your code will very quickly break unless you use two ``recv`` loops - the first
diff --git a/Doc/howto/unicode.rst b/Doc/howto/unicode.rst
index b49ac39..ee31a9c 100644
--- a/Doc/howto/unicode.rst
+++ b/Doc/howto/unicode.rst
@@ -280,8 +280,9 @@ and optionally an *errors* argument.
 The *errors* argument specifies the response when the input string can't be
 converted according to the encoding's rules.  Legal values for this argument are
 ``'strict'`` (raise a :exc:`UnicodeDecodeError` exception), ``'replace'`` (use
-``U+FFFD``, ``REPLACEMENT CHARACTER``), or ``'ignore'`` (just leave the
-character out of the Unicode result).
+``U+FFFD``, ``REPLACEMENT CHARACTER``), ``'ignore'`` (just leave the
+character out of the Unicode result), or ``'backslashreplace'`` (inserts a
+``\xNN`` escape sequence).
 The following examples show the differences::
 
     >>> b'\x80abc'.decode("utf-8", "strict")  #doctest: +NORMALIZE_WHITESPACE
@@ -291,6 +292,8 @@ The following examples show the differences::
       invalid start byte
     >>> b'\x80abc'.decode("utf-8", "replace")
     '\ufffdabc'
+    >>> b'\x80abc'.decode("utf-8", "backslashreplace")
+    '\\x80abc'
     >>> b'\x80abc'.decode("utf-8", "ignore")
     'abc'
 
@@ -325,8 +328,9 @@ The *errors* parameter is the same as the parameter of the
 :meth:`~bytes.decode` method but supports a few more possible handlers. As well as
 ``'strict'``, ``'ignore'``, and ``'replace'`` (which in this case
 inserts a question mark instead of the unencodable character), there is
-also ``'xmlcharrefreplace'`` (inserts an XML character reference) and
-``backslashreplace`` (inserts a ``\uNNNN`` escape sequence).
+also ``'xmlcharrefreplace'`` (inserts an XML character reference),
+``backslashreplace`` (inserts a ``\uNNNN`` escape sequence) and
+``namereplace`` (inserts a ``\N{...}`` escape sequence).
 
 The following example shows the different results::
 
@@ -346,6 +350,8 @@ The following example shows the different results::
     b'&#40960;abcd&#1972;'
     >>> u.encode('ascii', 'backslashreplace')
     b'\\ua000abcd\\u07b4'
+    >>> u.encode('ascii', 'namereplace')
+    b'\\N{YI SYLLABLE IT}abcd\\u07b4'
 
 The low-level routines for registering and accessing the available
 encodings are found in the :mod:`codecs` module.  Implementing new
diff --git a/Doc/includes/run-func.c b/Doc/includes/run-func.c
index 1c9860d..986d670 100644
--- a/Doc/includes/run-func.c
+++ b/Doc/includes/run-func.c
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
     }
 
     Py_Initialize();
-    pName = PyUnicode_FromString(argv[1]);
+    pName = PyUnicode_DecodeFSDefault(argv[1]);
     /* Error checking of pName left out */
 
     pModule = PyImport_Import(pName);
diff --git a/Doc/install/index.rst b/Doc/install/index.rst
index 8f3ad72..876f350 100644
--- a/Doc/install/index.rst
+++ b/Doc/install/index.rst
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ And here are the values used on Windows:
 Type of file    Installation directory
 =============== ===========================================================
 modules         :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\site-packages`
-scripts         :file:`{userbase}\\Scripts`
+scripts         :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\Scripts`
 data            :file:`{userbase}`
 C headers       :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\Include\\{distname}`
 =============== ===========================================================
diff --git a/Doc/library/argparse.rst b/Doc/library/argparse.rst
index 73f9480..24060f0 100644
--- a/Doc/library/argparse.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/argparse.rst
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ArgumentParser objects
                           formatter_class=argparse.HelpFormatter, \
                           prefix_chars='-', fromfile_prefix_chars=None, \
                           argument_default=None, conflict_handler='error', \
-                          add_help=True)
+                          add_help=True, allow_abbrev=True)
 
    Create a new :class:`ArgumentParser` object. All parameters should be passed
    as keyword arguments. Each parameter has its own more detailed description
@@ -169,6 +169,12 @@ ArgumentParser objects
 
    * add_help_ - Add a -h/--help option to the parser (default: ``True``)
 
+   * allow_abbrev_ - Allows long options to be abbreviated if the
+     abbreviation is unambiguous. (default: ``True``)
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      *allow_abbrev* parameter was added.
+
 The following sections describe how each of these are used.
 
 
@@ -518,6 +524,26 @@ calls, we supply ``argument_default=SUPPRESS``::
    >>> parser.parse_args([])
    Namespace()
 
+.. _allow_abbrev:
+
+allow_abbrev
+^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Normally, when you pass an argument list to the
+:meth:`~ArgumentParser.parse_args` method of a :class:`ArgumentParser`,
+it :ref:`recognizes abbreviations <prefix-matching>` of long options.
+
+This feature can be disabled by setting ``allow_abbrev`` to ``False``::
+
+   >>> parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(prog='PROG', allow_abbrev=False)
+   >>> parser.add_argument('--foobar', action='store_true')
+   >>> parser.add_argument('--foonley', action='store_false')
+   >>> parser.parse_args(['--foon'])
+   usage: PROG [-h] [--foobar] [--foonley]
+   PROG: error: unrecognized arguments: --foon
+
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 
 conflict_handler
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
@@ -1410,9 +1436,9 @@ argument::
 Argument abbreviations (prefix matching)
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
-The :meth:`~ArgumentParser.parse_args` method allows long options to be
-abbreviated to a prefix, if the abbreviation is unambiguous (the prefix matches
-a unique option)::
+The :meth:`~ArgumentParser.parse_args` method :ref:`by default <allow_abbrev>`
+allows long options to be abbreviated to a prefix, if the abbreviation is
+unambiguous (the prefix matches a unique option)::
 
    >>> parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(prog='PROG')
    >>> parser.add_argument('-bacon')
@@ -1426,6 +1452,7 @@ a unique option)::
    PROG: error: ambiguous option: -ba could match -badger, -bacon
 
 An error is produced for arguments that could produce more than one options.
+This feature can be disabled by setting :ref:`allow_abbrev` to ``False``.
 
 
 Beyond ``sys.argv``
@@ -1910,7 +1937,7 @@ Customizing file parsing
 
    Arguments that are read from a file (see the *fromfile_prefix_chars*
    keyword argument to the :class:`ArgumentParser` constructor) are read one
-   argument per line. :meth:`convert_arg_line_to_args` can be overriden for
+   argument per line. :meth:`convert_arg_line_to_args` can be overridden for
    fancier reading.
 
    This method takes a single argument *arg_line* which is a string read from
diff --git a/Doc/library/asynchat.rst b/Doc/library/asynchat.rst
index c6fa061..794da8c 100644
--- a/Doc/library/asynchat.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/asynchat.rst
@@ -147,40 +147,6 @@ connection requests.
    by the channel after :meth:`found_terminator` is called.
 
 
-asynchat - Auxiliary Classes
-------------------------------------------
-
-.. class:: fifo(list=None)
-
-   A :class:`fifo` holding data which has been pushed by the application but
-   not yet popped for writing to the channel.  A :class:`fifo` is a list used
-   to hold data and/or producers until they are required.  If the *list*
-   argument is provided then it should contain producers or data items to be
-   written to the channel.
-
-
-   .. method:: is_empty()
-
-      Returns ``True`` if and only if the fifo is empty.
-
-
-   .. method:: first()
-
-      Returns the least-recently :meth:`push`\ ed item from the fifo.
-
-
-   .. method:: push(data)
-
-      Adds the given data (which may be a string or a producer object) to the
-      producer fifo.
-
-
-   .. method:: pop()
-
-      If the fifo is not empty, returns ``True, first()``, deleting the popped
-      item.  Returns ``False, None`` for an empty fifo.
-
-
 .. _asynchat-example:
 
 asynchat Example
diff --git a/Doc/library/asyncio-eventloops.rst b/Doc/library/asyncio-eventloops.rst
index afb8b9f..ae3bf90 100644
--- a/Doc/library/asyncio-eventloops.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/asyncio-eventloops.rst
@@ -100,8 +100,6 @@ Common limits of Windows event loops:
 
 :class:`ProactorEventLoop` specific limits:
 
-- SSL is not supported: :meth:`~BaseEventLoop.create_connection` and
-  :meth:`~BaseEventLoop.create_server` cannot be used with SSL for example
 - :meth:`~BaseEventLoop.create_datagram_endpoint` (UDP) is not supported
 - :meth:`~BaseEventLoop.add_reader` and :meth:`~BaseEventLoop.add_writer` are
   not supported
@@ -112,6 +110,10 @@ The best resolution is 0.5 msec. The resolution depends on the hardware
 <http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_Precision_Event_Timer>`_) and on the Windows
 configuration. See :ref:`asyncio delayed calls <asyncio-delayed-calls>`.
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+
+   :class:`ProactorEventLoop` now supports SSL.
+
 
 Mac OS X
 ^^^^^^^^
diff --git a/Doc/library/bz2.rst b/Doc/library/bz2.rst
index 488cda5..ed28699 100644
--- a/Doc/library/bz2.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/bz2.rst
@@ -162,15 +162,32 @@ Incremental (de)compression
       you need to decompress a multi-stream input with :class:`BZ2Decompressor`,
       you must use a new decompressor for each stream.
 
-   .. method:: decompress(data)
+   .. method:: decompress(data, max_length=-1)
 
-      Provide data to the decompressor object. Returns a chunk of decompressed
-      data if possible, or an empty byte string otherwise.
+      Decompress *data* (a :term:`bytes-like object`), returning
+      uncompressed data as bytes. Some of *data* may be buffered
+      internally, for use in later calls to :meth:`decompress`. The
+      returned data should be concatenated with the output of any
+      previous calls to :meth:`decompress`.
 
-      Attempting to decompress data after the end of the current stream is
-      reached raises an :exc:`EOFError`. If any data is found after the end of
-      the stream, it is ignored and saved in the :attr:`unused_data` attribute.
+      If *max_length* is nonnegative, returns at most *max_length*
+      bytes of decompressed data. If this limit is reached and further
+      output can be produced, the :attr:`~.needs_input` attribute will
+      be set to ``False``. In this case, the next call to
+      :meth:`~.decompress` may provide *data* as ``b''`` to obtain
+      more of the output.
 
+      If all of the input data was decompressed and returned (either
+      because this was less than *max_length* bytes, or because
+      *max_length* was negative), the :attr:`~.needs_input` attribute
+      will be set to ``True``.
+
+      Attempting to decompress data after the end of stream is reached
+      raises an `EOFError`.  Any data found after the end of the
+      stream is ignored and saved in the :attr:`~.unused_data` attribute.
+
+      .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+         Added the *max_length* parameter.
 
    .. attribute:: eof
 
@@ -186,6 +203,13 @@ Incremental (de)compression
       If this attribute is accessed before the end of the stream has been
       reached, its value will be ``b''``.
 
+   .. attribute:: needs_input
+
+      ``False`` if the :meth:`.decompress` method can provide more
+      decompressed data before requiring new uncompressed input.
+
+      .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 
 One-shot (de)compression
 ------------------------
diff --git a/Doc/library/cgi.rst b/Doc/library/cgi.rst
index fa13145..0a9e884 100644
--- a/Doc/library/cgi.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/cgi.rst
@@ -157,6 +157,9 @@ return bytes)::
            if not line: break
            linecount = linecount + 1
 
+:class:`FieldStorage` objects also support being used in a :keyword:`with`
+statement, which will automatically close them when done.
+
 If an error is encountered when obtaining the contents of an uploaded file
 (for example, when the user interrupts the form submission by clicking on
 a Back or Cancel button) the :attr:`~FieldStorage.done` attribute of the
@@ -182,6 +185,10 @@ A form submitted via POST that also has a query string will contain both
    The :attr:`~FieldStorage.file` attribute is automatically closed upon the
    garbage collection of the creating :class:`FieldStorage` instance.
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   Added support for the context management protocol to the
+   :class:`FieldStorage` class.
+
 
 Higher Level Interface
 ----------------------
diff --git a/Doc/library/cmd.rst b/Doc/library/cmd.rst
index 80d2a5d..1ab2d74 100644
--- a/Doc/library/cmd.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/cmd.rst
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ immediate playback::
             'Move turtle to an absolute position with changing orientation.  GOTO 100 200'
             goto(*parse(arg))
         def do_home(self, arg):
-            'Return turtle to the home postion:  HOME'
+            'Return turtle to the home position:  HOME'
             home()
         def do_circle(self, arg):
             'Draw circle with given radius an options extent and steps:  CIRCLE 50'
diff --git a/Doc/library/code.rst b/Doc/library/code.rst
index 5b5d7cc..275201c 100644
--- a/Doc/library/code.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/code.rst
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 .. module:: code
    :synopsis: Facilities to implement read-eval-print loops.
 
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/code.py`
 
 The ``code`` module provides facilities to implement read-eval-print loops in
 Python.  Two classes and convenience functions are included which can be used to
@@ -113,6 +114,9 @@ Interactive Interpreter Objects
    because it is within the interpreter object implementation. The output is
    written by the :meth:`write` method.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5 The full chained traceback is displayed instead
+      of just the primary traceback.
+
 
 .. method:: InteractiveInterpreter.write(data)
 
@@ -165,4 +169,3 @@ interpreter objects as well as the following additions.
    newline.  When the user enters the EOF key sequence, :exc:`EOFError` is raised.
    The base implementation reads from ``sys.stdin``; a subclass may replace this
    with a different implementation.
-
diff --git a/Doc/library/codecs.rst b/Doc/library/codecs.rst
index 19d7192..0430cb9 100644
--- a/Doc/library/codecs.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/codecs.rst
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 .. sectionauthor:: Marc-André Lemburg <mal@lemburg.com>
 .. sectionauthor:: Martin v. Löwis <martin@v.loewis.de>
 
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/codecs.py`
 
 .. index::
    single: Unicode
@@ -29,10 +30,9 @@ module features are restricted to use specifically with
 The module defines the following functions for encoding and decoding with
 any codec:
 
-.. function:: encode(obj, [encoding[, errors]])
+.. function:: encode(obj, encoding='utf-8', errors='strict')
 
-   Encodes *obj* using the codec registered for *encoding*. The default
-   encoding is ``utf-8``.
+   Encodes *obj* using the codec registered for *encoding*.
 
    *Errors* may be given to set the desired error handling scheme. The
    default error handler is ``'strict'`` meaning that encoding errors raise
@@ -40,10 +40,9 @@ any codec:
    :exc:`UnicodeEncodeError`). Refer to :ref:`codec-base-classes` for more
    information on codec error handling.
 
-.. function:: decode(obj, [encoding[, errors]])
+.. function:: decode(obj, encoding='utf-8', errors='strict')
 
-   Decodes *obj* using the codec registered for *encoding*. The default
-   encoding is ``utf-8``.
+   Decodes *obj* using the codec registered for *encoding*.
 
    *Errors* may be given to set the desired error handling scheme. The
    default error handler is ``'strict'`` meaning that decoding errors raise
@@ -104,7 +103,6 @@ The full details for each codec can also be looked up directly:
 To simplify access to the various codec components, the module provides
 these additional functions which use :func:`lookup` for the codec lookup:
 
-
 .. function:: getencoder(encoding)
 
    Look up the codec for the given encoding and return its encoder function.
@@ -274,6 +272,7 @@ implement the file protocols. Codec authors also need to define how the
 codec will handle encoding and decoding errors.
 
 
+.. _surrogateescape:
 .. _error-handlers:
 
 Error Handlers
@@ -315,10 +314,14 @@ The following error handlers are only applicable to
 |                         | reference (only for encoding).  Implemented   |
 |                         | in :func:`xmlcharrefreplace_errors`.          |
 +-------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+
-| ``'backslashreplace'``  | Replace with backslashed escape sequences     |
-|                         | (only for encoding).  Implemented in          |
+| ``'backslashreplace'``  | Replace with backslashed escape sequences.    |
+|                         | Implemented in                                |
 |                         | :func:`backslashreplace_errors`.              |
 +-------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+
+| ``'namereplace'``       | Replace with ``\N{...}`` escape sequences     |
+|                         | (only for encoding).  Implemented in          |
+|                         | :func:`namereplace_errors`.                   |
++-------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+
 | ``'surrogateescape'``   | On decoding, replace byte with individual     |
 |                         | surrogate code ranging from ``U+DC80`` to     |
 |                         | ``U+DCFF``.  This code will then be turned    |
@@ -344,6 +347,13 @@ In addition, the following error handler is specific to the given codecs:
 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
    The ``'surrogatepass'`` error handlers now works with utf-16\* and utf-32\* codecs.
 
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+   The ``'namereplace'`` error handler.
+
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   The ``'backslashreplace'`` error handlers now works with decoding and
+   translating.
+
 The set of allowed values can be extended by registering a new named error
 handler:
 
@@ -411,9 +421,17 @@ functions:
 
 .. function:: backslashreplace_errors(exception)
 
-   Implements the ``'backslashreplace'`` error handling (for encoding with
+   Implements the ``'backslashreplace'`` error handling (for
+   :term:`text encodings <text encoding>` only): malformed data is
+   replaced by a backslashed escape sequence.
+
+.. function:: namereplace_errors(exception)
+
+   Implements the ``'namereplace'`` error handling (for encoding with
    :term:`text encodings <text encoding>` only): the
-   unencodable character is replaced by a backslashed escape sequence.
+   unencodable character is replaced by a ``\N{...}`` escape sequence.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
 
 
 .. _codec-objects:
@@ -1444,4 +1462,3 @@ This module implements a variant of the UTF-8 codec: On encoding a UTF-8 encoded
 BOM will be prepended to the UTF-8 encoded bytes. For the stateful encoder this
 is only done once (on the first write to the byte stream).  For decoding an
 optional UTF-8 encoded BOM at the start of the data will be skipped.
-
diff --git a/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst b/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst
index 599e9fa..99c4311 100644
--- a/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Notes on using :class:`Set` and :class:`MutableSet` as a mixin:
 (3)
    The :class:`Set` mixin provides a :meth:`_hash` method to compute a hash value
    for the set; however, :meth:`__hash__` is not defined because not all sets
-   are hashable or immutable.  To add set hashabilty using mixins,
+   are hashable or immutable.  To add set hashability using mixins,
    inherit from both :meth:`Set` and :meth:`Hashable`, then define
    ``__hash__ = Set._hash``.
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/collections.rst b/Doc/library/collections.rst
index 0acde12..c21f456 100644
--- a/Doc/library/collections.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/collections.rst
@@ -982,12 +982,15 @@ The :class:`OrderedDict` constructor and :meth:`update` method both accept
 keyword arguments, but their order is lost because Python's function call
 semantics pass-in keyword arguments using a regular unordered dictionary.
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   The items, keys, and values :term:`views <view>` of :class:`OrderedDict` now
+   support reverse iteration using :func:`reversed`.
 
 :class:`OrderedDict` Examples and Recipes
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
 Since an ordered dictionary remembers its insertion order, it can be used
-in conjuction with sorting to make a sorted dictionary::
+in conjunction with sorting to make a sorted dictionary::
 
     >>> # regular unsorted dictionary
     >>> d = {'banana': 3, 'apple':4, 'pear': 1, 'orange': 2}
diff --git a/Doc/library/compileall.rst b/Doc/library/compileall.rst
index 9712de2..430362e 100644
--- a/Doc/library/compileall.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/compileall.rst
@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ compile Python sources.
 
 .. cmdoption:: -q
 
-   Do not print the list of files compiled, print only error messages.
+   Do not print the list of files compiled. If passed once, error messages will
+   still be printed. If passed twice (``-qq``), all output is suppressed.
 
 .. cmdoption:: -d destdir
 
@@ -70,9 +71,29 @@ compile Python sources.
    is to write files to their :pep:`3147` locations and names, which allows
    byte-code files from multiple versions of Python to coexist.
 
+.. cmdoption:: -r
+
+   Control the maximum recursion level for subdirectories.
+   If this is given, then ``-l`` option will not be taken into account.
+   :program:`python -m compileall <directory> -r 0` is equivalent to
+   :program:`python -m compileall <directory> -l`.
+
+.. cmdoption:: -j N
+
+   Use *N* workers to compile the files within the given directory.
+   If ``0`` is used, then the result of :func:`os.cpu_count()`
+   will be used.
+
 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
    Added the ``-i``, ``-b`` and ``-h`` options.
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   Added the  ``-j`` and ``-r`` options.
+
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   ``-q`` option was changed to a multilevel value.
+
+
 There is no command-line option to control the optimization level used by the
 :func:`compile` function, because the Python interpreter itself already
 provides the option: :program:`python -O -m compileall`.
@@ -80,7 +101,7 @@ provides the option: :program:`python -O -m compileall`.
 Public functions
 ----------------
 
-.. function:: compile_dir(dir, maxlevels=10, ddir=None, force=False, rx=None, quiet=False, legacy=False, optimize=-1)
+.. function:: compile_dir(dir, maxlevels=10, ddir=None, force=False, rx=None, quiet=0, legacy=False, optimize=-1, workers=1)
 
    Recursively descend the directory tree named by *dir*, compiling all :file:`.py`
    files along the way.
@@ -101,8 +122,9 @@ Public functions
    file considered for compilation, and if it returns a true value, the file
    is skipped.
 
-   If *quiet* is true, nothing is printed to the standard output unless errors
-   occur.
+   If *quiet* is ``False`` or ``0`` (the default), the filenames and other
+   information are printed to standard out. Set to ``1``, only errors are
+   printed. Set to ``2``, all output is suppressed.
 
    If *legacy* is true, byte-code files are written to their legacy locations
    and names, which may overwrite byte-code files created by another version of
@@ -113,11 +135,22 @@ Public functions
    *optimize* specifies the optimization level for the compiler.  It is passed to
    the built-in :func:`compile` function.
 
+   The argument *workers* specifies how many workers are used to
+   compile files in parallel. The default is to not use multiple workers.
+   If the platform can't use multiple workers and *workers* argument is given,
+   then a :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised.
+   If *workers* is lower than ``0``, a :exc:`ValueError` will be raised.
+
    .. versionchanged:: 3.2
       Added the *legacy* and *optimize* parameter.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added the *workers* parameter.
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      *quiet* parameter was changed to a multilevel value.
 
-.. function:: compile_file(fullname, ddir=None, force=False, rx=None, quiet=False, legacy=False, optimize=-1)
+.. function:: compile_file(fullname, ddir=None, force=False, rx=None, quiet=0, legacy=False, optimize=-1)
 
    Compile the file with path *fullname*.
 
@@ -131,8 +164,9 @@ Public functions
    file being compiled, and if it returns a true value, the file is not
    compiled and ``True`` is returned.
 
-   If *quiet* is true, nothing is printed to the standard output unless errors
-   occur.
+   If *quiet* is ``False`` or ``0`` (the default), the filenames and other
+   information are printed to standard out. Set to ``1``, only errors are
+   printed. Set to ``2``, all output is suppressed.
 
    If *legacy* is true, byte-code files are written to their legacy locations
    and names, which may overwrite byte-code files created by another version of
@@ -145,8 +179,10 @@ Public functions
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.2
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      *quiet* parameter was changed to a multilevel value.
 
-.. function:: compile_path(skip_curdir=True, maxlevels=0, force=False, legacy=False, optimize=-1)
+.. function:: compile_path(skip_curdir=True, maxlevels=0, force=False, quiet=0, legacy=False, optimize=-1)
 
    Byte-compile all the :file:`.py` files found along ``sys.path``. If
    *skip_curdir* is true (the default), the current directory is not included
@@ -157,6 +193,8 @@ Public functions
    .. versionchanged:: 3.2
       Added the *legacy* and *optimize* parameter.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      *quiet* parameter was changed to a multilevel value.
 
 To force a recompile of all the :file:`.py` files in the :file:`Lib/`
 subdirectory and all its subdirectories::
diff --git a/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst b/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst
index bd56696..c177340 100644
--- a/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Executor Objects
               future = executor.submit(pow, 323, 1235)
               print(future.result())
 
-    .. method:: map(func, *iterables, timeout=None)
+    .. method:: map(func, *iterables, timeout=None, chunksize=1)
 
        Equivalent to :func:`map(func, *iterables) <map>` except *func* is executed
        asynchronously and several calls to *func* may be made concurrently.  The
@@ -48,7 +48,16 @@ Executor Objects
        *timeout* can be an int or a float.  If *timeout* is not specified or
        ``None``, there is no limit to the wait time.  If a call raises an
        exception, then that exception will be raised when its value is
-       retrieved from the iterator.
+       retrieved from the iterator. When using :class:`ProcessPoolExecutor`, this
+       method chops *iterables* into a number of chunks which it submits to the
+       pool as separate tasks. The (approximate) size of these chunks can be
+       specified by setting *chunksize* to a positive integer. For very long
+       iterables, using a large value for *chunksize* can significantly improve
+       performance compared to the default size of 1. With :class:`ThreadPoolExecutor`,
+       *chunksize* has no effect.
+
+       .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+          Added the *chunksize* argument.
 
     .. method:: shutdown(wait=True)
 
@@ -115,11 +124,19 @@ And::
    executor.submit(wait_on_future)
 
 
-.. class:: ThreadPoolExecutor(max_workers)
+.. class:: ThreadPoolExecutor(max_workers=None)
 
    An :class:`Executor` subclass that uses a pool of at most *max_workers*
    threads to execute calls asynchronously.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      If *max_workers* is ``None`` or
+      not given, it will default to the number of processors on the machine,
+      multiplied by ``5``, assuming that :class:`ThreadPoolExecutor` is often
+      used to overlap I/O instead of CPU work and the number of workers
+      should be higher than the number of workers
+      for :class:`ProcessPoolExecutor`.
+
 
 .. _threadpoolexecutor-example:
 
@@ -175,6 +192,8 @@ to a :class:`ProcessPoolExecutor` will result in deadlock.
    An :class:`Executor` subclass that executes calls asynchronously using a pool
    of at most *max_workers* processes.  If *max_workers* is ``None`` or not
    given, it will default to the number of processors on the machine.
+   If *max_workers* is lower or equal to ``0``, then a :exc:`ValueError`
+   will be raised.
 
    .. versionchanged:: 3.3
       When one of the worker processes terminates abruptly, a
diff --git a/Doc/library/configparser.rst b/Doc/library/configparser.rst
index 024d27c..c9187a3 100644
--- a/Doc/library/configparser.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/configparser.rst
@@ -11,6 +11,8 @@
 .. sectionauthor:: Christopher G. Petrilli <petrilli@amber.org>
 .. sectionauthor:: Łukasz Langa <lukasz@langa.pl>
 
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/configparser.py`
+
 .. index::
    pair: .ini; file
    pair: configuration; file
@@ -142,12 +144,13 @@ datatypes, you should convert on your own:
    >>> float(topsecret['CompressionLevel'])
    9.0
 
-Extracting Boolean values is not that simple, though.  Passing the value
-to ``bool()`` would do no good since ``bool('False')`` is still
-``True``.  This is why config parsers also provide :meth:`getboolean`.
-This method is case-insensitive and recognizes Boolean values from
-``'yes'``/``'no'``, ``'on'``/``'off'`` and ``'1'``/``'0'`` [1]_.
-For example:
+Since this task is so common, config parsers provide a range of handy getter
+methods to handle integers, floats and booleans.  The last one is the most
+interesting because simply passing the value to ``bool()`` would do no good
+since ``bool('False')`` is still ``True``.  This is why config parsers also
+provide :meth:`getboolean`.  This method is case-insensitive and recognizes
+Boolean values from ``'yes'``/``'no'``, ``'on'``/``'off'``,
+``'true'``/``'false'`` and ``'1'``/``'0'`` [1]_.  For example:
 
 .. doctest::
 
@@ -159,10 +162,8 @@ For example:
    True
 
 Apart from :meth:`getboolean`, config parsers also provide equivalent
-:meth:`getint` and :meth:`getfloat` methods, but these are far less
-useful since conversion using :func:`int` and :func:`float` is
-sufficient for these types.
-
+:meth:`getint` and :meth:`getfloat` methods.  You can register your own
+converters and customize the provided ones. [1]_
 
 Fallback Values
 ---------------
@@ -317,11 +318,11 @@ from ``get()`` calls.
 .. class:: ExtendedInterpolation()
 
    An alternative handler for interpolation which implements a more advanced
-   syntax, used for instance in ``zc.buildout``. Extended interpolation is
+   syntax, used for instance in ``zc.buildout``.  Extended interpolation is
    using ``${section:option}`` to denote a value from a foreign section.
-   Interpolation can span multiple levels. For convenience, if the ``section:``
-   part is omitted, interpolation defaults to the current section (and possibly
-   the default values from the special section).
+   Interpolation can span multiple levels.  For convenience, if the
+   ``section:`` part is omitted, interpolation defaults to the current section
+   (and possibly the default values from the special section).
 
    For example, the configuration specified above with basic interpolation,
    would look like this with extended interpolation:
@@ -386,7 +387,7 @@ However, there are a few differences that should be taken into account:
 * All sections include ``DEFAULTSECT`` values as well which means that
   ``.clear()`` on a section may not leave the section visibly empty.  This is
   because default values cannot be deleted from the section (because technically
-  they are not there).  If they are overriden in the section, deleting causes
+  they are not there).  If they are overridden in the section, deleting causes
   the default value to be visible again.  Trying to delete a default value
   causes a ``KeyError``.
 
@@ -399,13 +400,13 @@ However, there are a few differences that should be taken into account:
   * ``parser.popitem()`` never returns it.
 
 * ``parser.get(section, option, **kwargs)`` - the second argument is **not**
-  a fallback value. Note however that the section-level ``get()`` methods are
+  a fallback value.  Note however that the section-level ``get()`` methods are
   compatible both with the mapping protocol and the classic configparser API.
 
 * ``parser.items()`` is compatible with the mapping protocol (returns a list of
   *section_name*, *section_proxy* pairs including the DEFAULTSECT).  However,
   this method can also be invoked with arguments: ``parser.items(section, raw,
-  vars)``. The latter call returns a list of *option*, *value* pairs for
+  vars)``.  The latter call returns a list of *option*, *value* pairs for
   a specified ``section``, with all interpolations expanded (unless
   ``raw=True`` is provided).
 
@@ -539,9 +540,9 @@ the :meth:`__init__` options:
 
 * *delimiters*, default value: ``('=', ':')``
 
-  Delimiters are substrings that delimit keys from values within a section. The
-  first occurrence of a delimiting substring on a line is considered a delimiter.
-  This means values (but not keys) can contain the delimiters.
+  Delimiters are substrings that delimit keys from values within a section.
+  The first occurrence of a delimiting substring on a line is considered
+  a delimiter.  This means values (but not keys) can contain the delimiters.
 
   See also the *space_around_delimiters* argument to
   :meth:`ConfigParser.write`.
@@ -553,7 +554,7 @@ the :meth:`__init__` options:
   Comment prefixes are strings that indicate the start of a valid comment within
   a config file. *comment_prefixes* are used only on otherwise empty lines
   (optionally indented) whereas *inline_comment_prefixes* can be used after
-  every valid value (e.g.  section names, options and empty lines as well). By
+  every valid value (e.g. section names, options and empty lines as well).  By
   default inline comments are disabled and ``'#'`` and ``';'`` are used as
   prefixes for whole line comments.
 
@@ -563,10 +564,10 @@ the :meth:`__init__` options:
 
   Please note that config parsers don't support escaping of comment prefixes so
   using *inline_comment_prefixes* may prevent users from specifying option
-  values with characters used as comment prefixes. When in doubt, avoid setting
-  *inline_comment_prefixes*. In any circumstances, the only way of storing
-  comment prefix characters at the beginning of a line in multiline values is to
-  interpolate the prefix, for example::
+  values with characters used as comment prefixes.  When in doubt, avoid
+  setting *inline_comment_prefixes*.  In any circumstances, the only way of
+  storing comment prefix characters at the beginning of a line in multiline
+  values is to interpolate the prefix, for example::
 
     >>> from configparser import ConfigParser, ExtendedInterpolation
     >>> parser = ConfigParser(interpolation=ExtendedInterpolation())
@@ -611,7 +612,7 @@ the :meth:`__init__` options:
 
   When set to ``True``, the parser will not allow for any section or option
   duplicates while reading from a single source (using :meth:`read_file`,
-  :meth:`read_string` or :meth:`read_dict`). It is recommended to use strict
+  :meth:`read_string` or :meth:`read_dict`).  It is recommended to use strict
   parsers in new applications.
 
   .. versionchanged:: 3.2
@@ -646,12 +647,12 @@ the :meth:`__init__` options:
 
   The convention of allowing a special section of default values for other
   sections or interpolation purposes is a powerful concept of this library,
-  letting users create complex declarative configurations. This section is
+  letting users create complex declarative configurations.  This section is
   normally called ``"DEFAULT"`` but this can be customized to point to any
-  other valid section name. Some typical values include: ``"general"`` or
-  ``"common"``. The name provided is used for recognizing default sections when
-  reading from any source and is used when writing configuration back to
-  a file. Its current value can be retrieved using the
+  other valid section name.  Some typical values include: ``"general"`` or
+  ``"common"``.  The name provided is used for recognizing default sections
+  when reading from any source and is used when writing configuration back to
+  a file.  Its current value can be retrieved using the
   ``parser_instance.default_section`` attribute and may be modified at runtime
   (i.e. to convert files from one format to another).
 
@@ -660,14 +661,30 @@ the :meth:`__init__` options:
   Interpolation behaviour may be customized by providing a custom handler
   through the *interpolation* argument. ``None`` can be used to turn off
   interpolation completely, ``ExtendedInterpolation()`` provides a more
-  advanced variant inspired by ``zc.buildout``. More on the subject in the
+  advanced variant inspired by ``zc.buildout``.  More on the subject in the
   `dedicated documentation section <#interpolation-of-values>`_.
   :class:`RawConfigParser` has a default value of ``None``.
 
+* *converters*, default value: not set
+
+  Config parsers provide option value getters that perform type conversion.  By
+  default :meth:`getint`, :meth:`getfloat`, and :meth:`getboolean` are
+  implemented.  Should other getters be desirable, users may define them in
+  a subclass or pass a dictionary where each key is a name of the converter and
+  each value is a callable implementing said conversion.  For instance, passing
+  ``{'decimal': decimal.Decimal}`` would add :meth:`getdecimal` on both the
+  parser object and all section proxies.  In other words, it will be possible
+  to write both ``parser_instance.getdecimal('section', 'key', fallback=0)``
+  and ``parser_instance['section'].getdecimal('key', 0)``.
+
+  If the converter needs to access the state of the parser, it can be
+  implemented as a method on a config parser subclass.  If the name of this
+  method starts with ``get``, it will be available on all section proxies, in
+  the dict-compatible form (see the ``getdecimal()`` example above).
 
 More advanced customization may be achieved by overriding default values of
-these parser attributes.  The defaults are defined on the classes, so they
-may be overriden by subclasses or by attribute assignment.
+these parser attributes.  The defaults are defined on the classes, so they may
+be overridden by subclasses or by attribute assignment.
 
 .. attribute:: BOOLEAN_STATES
 
@@ -725,10 +742,11 @@ may be overriden by subclasses or by attribute assignment.
 
 .. attribute:: SECTCRE
 
-  A compiled regular expression used to parse section headers. The default
-  matches ``[section]`` to the name ``"section"``. Whitespace is considered part
-  of the section name, thus ``[  larch  ]`` will be read as a section of name
-  ``"  larch  "``. Override this attribute if that's unsuitable.  For example:
+  A compiled regular expression used to parse section headers.  The default
+  matches ``[section]`` to the name ``"section"``.  Whitespace is considered
+  part of the section name, thus ``[  larch  ]`` will be read as a section of
+  name ``"  larch  "``.  Override this attribute if that's unsuitable.  For
+  example:
 
   .. doctest::
 
@@ -859,7 +877,7 @@ interpolation if an option used is not defined elsewhere. ::
 ConfigParser Objects
 --------------------
 
-.. class:: ConfigParser(defaults=None, dict_type=collections.OrderedDict, allow_no_value=False, delimiters=('=', ':'), comment_prefixes=('#', ';'), inline_comment_prefixes=None, strict=True, empty_lines_in_values=True, default_section=configparser.DEFAULTSECT, interpolation=BasicInterpolation())
+.. class:: ConfigParser(defaults=None, dict_type=collections.OrderedDict, allow_no_value=False, delimiters=('=', ':'), comment_prefixes=('#', ';'), inline_comment_prefixes=None, strict=True, empty_lines_in_values=True, default_section=configparser.DEFAULTSECT, interpolation=BasicInterpolation(), converters={})
 
    The main configuration parser.  When *defaults* is given, it is initialized
    into the dictionary of intrinsic defaults.  When *dict_type* is given, it
@@ -869,8 +887,8 @@ ConfigParser Objects
    When *delimiters* is given, it is used as the set of substrings that
    divide keys from values.  When *comment_prefixes* is given, it will be used
    as the set of substrings that prefix comments in otherwise empty lines.
-   Comments can be indented. When *inline_comment_prefixes* is given, it will be
-   used as the set of substrings that prefix comments in non-empty lines.
+   Comments can be indented.  When *inline_comment_prefixes* is given, it will
+   be used as the set of substrings that prefix comments in non-empty lines.
 
    When *strict* is ``True`` (the default), the parser won't allow for
    any section or option duplicates while reading from a single source (file,
@@ -884,13 +902,13 @@ ConfigParser Objects
 
    When *default_section* is given, it specifies the name for the special
    section holding default values for other sections and interpolation purposes
-   (normally named ``"DEFAULT"``). This value can be retrieved and changed on
+   (normally named ``"DEFAULT"``).  This value can be retrieved and changed on
    runtime using the ``default_section`` instance attribute.
 
    Interpolation behaviour may be customized by providing a custom handler
    through the *interpolation* argument. ``None`` can be used to turn off
    interpolation completely, ``ExtendedInterpolation()`` provides a more
-   advanced variant inspired by ``zc.buildout``. More on the subject in the
+   advanced variant inspired by ``zc.buildout``.  More on the subject in the
    `dedicated documentation section <#interpolation-of-values>`_.
 
    All option names used in interpolation will be passed through the
@@ -899,6 +917,12 @@ ConfigParser Objects
    converts option names to lower case), the values ``foo %(bar)s`` and ``foo
    %(BAR)s`` are equivalent.
 
+   When *converters* is given, it should be a dictionary where each key
+   represents the name of a type converter and each value is a callable
+   implementing the conversion from string to the desired datatype.  Every
+   converter gets its own corresponding :meth:`get*()` method on the parser
+   object and section proxies.
+
    .. versionchanged:: 3.1
       The default *dict_type* is :class:`collections.OrderedDict`.
 
@@ -907,6 +931,9 @@ ConfigParser Objects
       *empty_lines_in_values*, *default_section* and *interpolation* were
       added.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The *converters* argument was added.
+
 
    .. method:: defaults()
 
@@ -944,7 +971,7 @@ ConfigParser Objects
    .. method:: has_option(section, option)
 
       If the given *section* exists, and contains the given *option*, return
-      :const:`True`; otherwise return :const:`False`. If the specified
+      :const:`True`; otherwise return :const:`False`.  If the specified
       *section* is :const:`None` or an empty string, DEFAULT is assumed.
 
 
@@ -1069,7 +1096,7 @@ ConfigParser Objects
       :meth:`get` method.
 
       .. versionchanged:: 3.2
-         Items present in *vars* no longer appear in the result. The previous
+         Items present in *vars* no longer appear in the result.  The previous
          behaviour mixed actual parser options with variables provided for
          interpolation.
 
@@ -1170,7 +1197,7 @@ RawConfigParser Objects
 
    .. note::
       Consider using :class:`ConfigParser` instead which checks types of
-      the values to be stored internally. If you don't want interpolation, you
+      the values to be stored internally.  If you don't want interpolation, you
       can use ``ConfigParser(interpolation=None)``.
 
 
@@ -1181,7 +1208,7 @@ RawConfigParser Objects
       *default section* name is passed, :exc:`ValueError` is raised.
 
       Type of *section* is not checked which lets users create non-string named
-      sections. This behaviour is unsupported and may cause internal errors.
+      sections.  This behaviour is unsupported and may cause internal errors.
 
 
    .. method:: set(section, option, value)
@@ -1282,3 +1309,4 @@ Exceptions
 .. [1] Config parsers allow for heavy customization.  If you are interested in
        changing the behaviour outlined by the footnote reference, consult the
        `Customizing Parser Behaviour`_ section.
+
diff --git a/Doc/library/constants.rst b/Doc/library/constants.rst
index 42b5af2..d5a0f09 100644
--- a/Doc/library/constants.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/constants.rst
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ A small number of constants live in the built-in namespace.  They are:
    for more details.
 
 
-
 .. data:: Ellipsis
 
    The same as ``...``.  Special value used mostly in conjunction with extended
diff --git a/Doc/library/contextlib.rst b/Doc/library/contextlib.rst
index 6f36864..550b347 100644
--- a/Doc/library/contextlib.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/contextlib.rst
@@ -172,6 +172,16 @@ Functions and classes provided:
    .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
 
+.. function:: redirect_stderr(new_target)
+
+   Similar to :func:`~contextlib.redirect_stdout` but redirecting
+   :data:`sys.stderr` to another file or file-like object.
+
+   This context manager is :ref:`reentrant <reentrant-cms>`.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. class:: ContextDecorator()
 
    A base class that enables a context manager to also be used as a decorator.
diff --git a/Doc/library/csv.rst b/Doc/library/csv.rst
index 9f7b58a..e7516b6 100644
--- a/Doc/library/csv.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/csv.rst
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
    :synopsis: Write and read tabular data to and from delimited files.
 .. sectionauthor:: Skip Montanaro <skip@pobox.com>
 
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/csv.py`
 
 .. index::
    single: csv
diff --git a/Doc/library/datetime.rst b/Doc/library/datetime.rst
index 7dd8613..f82f425 100644
--- a/Doc/library/datetime.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/datetime.rst
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@
 .. sectionauthor:: Tim Peters <tim@zope.com>
 .. sectionauthor:: A.M. Kuchling <amk@amk.ca>
 
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/datetime.py`
+
 .. XXX what order should the types be discussed in?
 
 The :mod:`datetime` module supplies classes for manipulating dates and times in
@@ -757,13 +759,19 @@ Other constructors, all class methods:
    :attr:`tzinfo` ``None``. This may raise :exc:`OverflowError`, if the timestamp is
    out of the range of values supported by the platform C :c:func:`gmtime` function,
    and :exc:`OSError` on :c:func:`gmtime` failure.
-   It's common for this to be restricted to years in 1970 through 2038. See also
-   :meth:`fromtimestamp`.
+   It's common for this to be restricted to years in 1970 through 2038.
+
+   To get an aware :class:`.datetime` object, call :meth:`fromtimestamp`::
+
+     datetime.fromtimestamp(timestamp, timezone.utc)
+
+   On the POSIX compliant platforms, it is equivalent to the following
+   expression::
 
-   On the POSIX compliant platforms, ``utcfromtimestamp(timestamp)``
-   is equivalent to the following expression::
+     datetime(1970, 1, 1, tzinfo=timezone.utc) + timedelta(seconds=timestamp)
 
-     datetime(1970, 1, 1) + timedelta(seconds=timestamp)
+   except the latter formula always supports the full years range: between
+   :const:`MINYEAR` and :const:`MAXYEAR` inclusive.
 
    .. versionchanged:: 3.3
       Raise :exc:`OverflowError` instead of :exc:`ValueError` if the timestamp
@@ -1376,10 +1384,13 @@ Supported operations:
 
 * efficient pickling
 
-* in Boolean contexts, a :class:`.time` object is considered to be true if and
-  only if, after converting it to minutes and subtracting :meth:`utcoffset` (or
-  ``0`` if that's ``None``), the result is non-zero.
+In boolean contexts, a :class:`.time` object is always considered to be true.
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   Before Python 3.5, a :class:`.time` object was considered to be false if it
+   represented midnight in UTC.  This behavior was considered obscure and
+   error-prone and has been removed in Python 3.5.  See :issue:`13936` for full
+   details.
 
 Instance methods:
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/dbm.rst b/Doc/library/dbm.rst
index e6a82d6..3f3c43d 100644
--- a/Doc/library/dbm.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/dbm.rst
@@ -325,13 +325,18 @@ The module defines the following:
    dumbdbm database is created, files with :file:`.dat` and :file:`.dir` extensions
    are created.
 
-   The optional *flag* argument is currently ignored; the database is always opened
-   for update, and will be created if it does not exist.
+   The optional *flag* argument supports only the semantics of ``'c'``
+   and ``'n'`` values.  Other values will default to database being always
+   opened for update, and will be created if it does not exist.
 
    The optional *mode* argument is the Unix mode of the file, used only when the
    database has to be created.  It defaults to octal ``0o666`` (and will be modified
    by the prevailing umask).
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      :func:`.open` always creates a new database when the flag has the value
+      ``'n'``.
+
    In addition to the methods provided by the
    :class:`collections.abc.MutableMapping` class, :class:`dumbdbm` objects
    provide the following methods:
diff --git a/Doc/library/decimal.rst b/Doc/library/decimal.rst
index 759be70..5d7ffff 100644
--- a/Doc/library/decimal.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/decimal.rst
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@
 .. moduleauthor:: Stefan Krah <skrah at bytereef.org>
 .. sectionauthor:: Raymond D. Hettinger <python at rcn.com>
 
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/decimal.py`
+
 .. import modules for testing inline doctests with the Sphinx doctest builder
 .. testsetup:: *
 
@@ -742,7 +744,7 @@ Decimal objects
       * ``"NaN"``, indicating that the operand is a quiet NaN (Not a Number).
       * ``"sNaN"``, indicating that the operand is a signaling NaN.
 
-   .. method:: quantize(exp, rounding=None, context=None, watchexp=True)
+   .. method:: quantize(exp, rounding=None, context=None)
 
       Return a value equal to the first operand after rounding and having the
       exponent of the second operand.
@@ -765,14 +767,8 @@ Decimal objects
       ``context`` argument; if neither argument is given the rounding mode of
       the current thread's context is used.
 
-      If *watchexp* is set (default), then an error is returned whenever the
-      resulting exponent is greater than :attr:`Emax` or less than
-      :attr:`Etiny`.
-
-      .. deprecated:: 3.3
-         *watchexp* is an implementation detail from the pure Python version
-         and is not present in the C version. It will be removed in version
-         3.4, where it defaults to ``True``.
+      An error is returned whenever the resulting exponent is greater than
+      :attr:`Emax` or less than :attr:`Etiny`.
 
    .. method:: radix()
 
@@ -2092,4 +2088,3 @@ Alternatively, inputs can be rounded upon creation using the
 
    >>> Context(prec=5, rounding=ROUND_DOWN).create_decimal('1.2345678')
    Decimal('1.2345')
-
diff --git a/Doc/library/difflib.rst b/Doc/library/difflib.rst
index 5f72ea6..4427065 100644
--- a/Doc/library/difflib.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/difflib.rst
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@
 .. sectionauthor:: Tim Peters <tim_one@users.sourceforge.net>
 .. Markup by Fred L. Drake, Jr. <fdrake@acm.org>
 
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/difflib.py`
+
 .. testsetup::
 
    import sys
@@ -25,7 +27,9 @@ diffs. For comparing directories and files, see also, the :mod:`filecmp` module.
    little fancier than, an algorithm published in the late 1980's by Ratcliff and
    Obershelp under the hyperbolic name "gestalt pattern matching."  The idea is to
    find the longest contiguous matching subsequence that contains no "junk"
-   elements (the Ratcliff and Obershelp algorithm doesn't address junk).  The same
+   elements; these "junk" elements are ones that are uninteresting in some
+   sense, such as blank lines or whitespace.  (Handling junk is an
+   extension to the Ratcliff and Obershelp algorithm.) The same
    idea is then applied recursively to the pieces of the sequences to the left and
    to the right of the matching subsequence.  This does not yield minimal edit
    sequences, but does tend to yield matches that "look right" to people.
@@ -100,7 +104,8 @@ diffs. For comparing directories and files, see also, the :mod:`filecmp` module.
 
    The following methods are public:
 
-   .. method:: make_file(fromlines, tolines, fromdesc='', todesc='', context=False, numlines=5)
+   .. method:: make_file(fromlines, tolines, fromdesc='', todesc='', context=False, \
+                         numlines=5, *, charset='utf-8')
 
       Compares *fromlines* and *tolines* (lists of strings) and returns a string which
       is a complete HTML file containing a table showing line by line differences with
@@ -119,6 +124,10 @@ diffs. For comparing directories and files, see also, the :mod:`filecmp` module.
       the next difference highlight at the top of the browser without any leading
       context).
 
+      .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+         *charset* keyword-only argument was added.  The default charset of
+         HTML document changed from ``'ISO-8859-1'`` to ``'utf-8'``.
+
    .. method:: make_table(fromlines, tolines, fromdesc='', todesc='', context=False, numlines=5)
 
       Compares *fromlines* and *tolines* (lists of strings) and returns a string which
@@ -208,7 +217,7 @@ diffs. For comparing directories and files, see also, the :mod:`filecmp` module.
    Compare *a* and *b* (lists of strings); return a :class:`Differ`\ -style
    delta (a :term:`generator` generating the delta lines).
 
-   Optional keyword parameters *linejunk* and *charjunk* are for filter functions
+   Optional keyword parameters *linejunk* and *charjunk* are filtering functions
    (or ``None``):
 
    *linejunk*: A function that accepts a single string argument, and returns
@@ -222,7 +231,7 @@ diffs. For comparing directories and files, see also, the :mod:`filecmp` module.
    *charjunk*: A function that accepts a character (a string of length 1), and
    returns if the character is junk, or false if not. The default is module-level
    function :func:`IS_CHARACTER_JUNK`, which filters out whitespace characters (a
-   blank or tab; note: bad idea to include newline in this!).
+   blank or tab; it's a bad idea to include newline in this!).
 
    :file:`Tools/scripts/ndiff.py` is a command-line front-end to this function.
 
@@ -622,6 +631,12 @@ The :class:`Differ` class has this constructor:
    length 1), and returns true if the character is junk. The default is ``None``,
    meaning that no character is considered junk.
 
+   These junk-filtering functions speed up matching to find
+   differences and do not cause any differing lines or characters to
+   be ignored.  Read the description of the
+   :meth:`~SequenceMatcher.find_longest_match` method's *isjunk*
+   parameter for an explanation.
+
    :class:`Differ` objects are used (deltas generated) via a single method:
 
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/dis.rst b/Doc/library/dis.rst
index b816dcc..b00d619 100644
--- a/Doc/library/dis.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/dis.rst
@@ -48,8 +48,9 @@ code.
 
 .. class:: Bytecode(x, *, first_line=None, current_offset=None)
 
-   Analyse the bytecode corresponding to a function, method, string of source
-   code, or a code object (as returned by :func:`compile`).
+
+   Analyse the bytecode corresponding to a function, generator, method, string
+   of source code, or a code object (as returned by :func:`compile`).
 
    This is a convenience wrapper around many of the functions listed below, most
    notably :func:`get_instructions`, as iterating over a :class:`Bytecode`
@@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ operation is being performed, so the intermediate analysis object isn't useful:
 .. function:: code_info(x)
 
    Return a formatted multi-line string with detailed code object information
-   for the supplied function, method, source code string or code object.
+   for the supplied function, generator, method, source code string or code object.
 
    Note that the exact contents of code info strings are highly implementation
    dependent and they may change arbitrarily across Python VMs or Python
@@ -136,11 +137,11 @@ operation is being performed, so the intermediate analysis object isn't useful:
 .. function:: dis(x=None, *, file=None)
 
    Disassemble the *x* object.  *x* can denote either a module, a class, a
-   method, a function, a code object, a string of source code or a byte sequence
-   of raw bytecode.  For a module, it disassembles all functions.  For a class,
-   it disassembles all methods.  For a code object or sequence of raw bytecode,
-   it prints one line per bytecode instruction.  Strings are first compiled to
-   code objects with the :func:`compile` built-in function before being
+   method, a function, a generator, a code object, a string of source code or
+   a byte sequence of raw bytecode.  For a module, it disassembles all functions.
+   For a class, it disassembles all methods.  For a code object or sequence of
+   raw bytecode, it prints one line per bytecode instruction.  Strings are first
+   compiled to code objects with the :func:`compile` built-in function before being
    disassembled.  If no object is provided, this function disassembles the last
    traceback.
 
@@ -361,6 +362,13 @@ result back on the stack.
    Implements ``TOS = TOS1 * TOS``.
 
 
+.. opcode:: BINARY_MATRIX_MULTIPLY
+
+   Implements ``TOS = TOS1 @ TOS``.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. opcode:: BINARY_FLOOR_DIVIDE
 
    Implements ``TOS = TOS1 // TOS``.
@@ -433,6 +441,13 @@ the original TOS1.
    Implements in-place ``TOS = TOS1 * TOS``.
 
 
+.. opcode:: INPLACE_MATRIX_MULTIPLY
+
+   Implements in-place ``TOS = TOS1 @ TOS``.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. opcode:: INPLACE_FLOOR_DIVIDE
 
    Implements in-place ``TOS = TOS1 // TOS``.
diff --git a/Doc/library/distribution.rst b/Doc/library/distribution.rst
index c4954d1..3e6e84b 100644
--- a/Doc/library/distribution.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/distribution.rst
@@ -12,3 +12,4 @@ with a local index server, or without any index server at all.
    distutils.rst
    ensurepip.rst
    venv.rst
+   zipapp.rst
diff --git a/Doc/library/doctest.rst b/Doc/library/doctest.rst
index 2e372de..9aa9ea6 100644
--- a/Doc/library/doctest.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/doctest.rst
@@ -1058,15 +1058,9 @@ from text files and modules with doctests:
 
    This function uses the same search technique as :func:`testmod`.
 
-   .. note::
-      Unlike :func:`testmod` and :class:`DocTestFinder`, this function raises
-      a :exc:`ValueError` if *module* contains no docstrings.  You can prevent
-      this error by passing a :class:`DocTestFinder` instance as the
-      *test_finder* argument with its *exclude_empty* keyword argument set
-      to ``False``::
-
-         >>> finder = doctest.DocTestFinder(exclude_empty=False)
-         >>> suite = doctest.DocTestSuite(test_finder=finder)
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      :func:`DocTestSuite` returns an empty :class:`unittest.TestSuite` if *module*
+      contains no docstrings instead of raising :exc:`ValueError`.
 
 
 Under the covers, :func:`DocTestSuite` creates a :class:`unittest.TestSuite` out
diff --git a/Doc/library/email.mime.rst b/Doc/library/email.mime.rst
index 1d70225..67d0a67 100644
--- a/Doc/library/email.mime.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/email.mime.rst
@@ -195,7 +195,8 @@ Here are the classes:
    set of the text and is passed as an argument to the
    :class:`~email.mime.nonmultipart.MIMENonMultipart` constructor; it defaults
    to ``us-ascii`` if the string contains only ``ascii`` code points, and
-   ``utf-8`` otherwise.
+   ``utf-8`` otherwise.  The *_charset* parameter accepts either a string or a
+   :class:`~email.charset.Charset` instance.
 
    Unless the *_charset* argument is explicitly set to ``None``, the
    MIMEText object created will have both a :mailheader:`Content-Type` header
@@ -206,3 +207,6 @@ Here are the classes:
    ``Content-Transfer-Encoding`` header, after which a ``set_payload`` call
    will automatically encode the new payload (and add a new
    :mailheader:`Content-Transfer-Encoding` header).
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      *_charset* also accepts :class:`~email.charset.Charset` instances.
diff --git a/Doc/library/enum.rst b/Doc/library/enum.rst
index cf09559..d3b838c 100644
--- a/Doc/library/enum.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/enum.rst
@@ -314,11 +314,11 @@ Then::
     >>> str(Mood.funky)
     'my custom str! 1'
 
-The rules for what is allowed are as follows: _sunder_ names (starting and
-ending with a single underscore) are reserved by enum and cannot be used;
-all other attributes defined within an enumeration will become members of this
-enumeration, with the exception of *__dunder__* names and descriptors (methods
-are also descriptors).
+The rules for what is allowed are as follows: names that start and end with a
+with a single underscore are reserved by enum and cannot be used; all other
+attributes defined within an enumeration will become members of this
+enumeration, with the exception of special methods (:meth:`__str__`,
+:meth:`__add__`, etc.) and descriptors (methods are also descriptors).
 
 Note:  if your enumeration defines :meth:`__new__` and/or :meth:`__init__` then
 whatever value(s) were given to the enum member will be passed into those
@@ -400,7 +400,8 @@ The second argument is the *source* of enumeration member names.  It can be a
 whitespace-separated string of names, a sequence of names, a sequence of
 2-tuples with key/value pairs, or a mapping (e.g. dictionary) of names to
 values.  The last two options enable assigning arbitrary values to
-enumerations; the others auto-assign increasing integers starting with 1.  A
+enumerations; the others auto-assign increasing integers starting with 1 (use
+the ``start`` parameter to specify a different starting value).  A
 new class derived from :class:`Enum` is returned.  In other words, the above
 assignment to :class:`Animal` is equivalent to::
 
@@ -438,12 +439,12 @@ SomeData in the global scope::
 
 The complete signature is::
 
-    Enum(value='NewEnumName', names=<...>, *, module='...', qualname='...', type=<mixed-in class>)
+    Enum(value='NewEnumName', names=<...>, *, module='...', qualname='...', type=<mixed-in class>, start=1)
 
 :value: What the new Enum class will record as its name.
 
 :names: The Enum members.  This can be a whitespace or comma separated string
-  (values will start at 1)::
+  (values will start at 1 unless otherwise specified)::
 
     'red green blue' | 'red,green,blue' | 'red, green, blue'
 
@@ -465,6 +466,11 @@ The complete signature is::
 
 :type: type to mix in to new Enum class.
 
+:start: number to start counting at if only names are passed in
+
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   The *start* parameter was added.
+
 
 Derived Enumerations
 --------------------
diff --git a/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst b/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst
index eb2016a..3a5badd 100644
--- a/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst
@@ -47,6 +47,9 @@ Dumping the traceback
    Dump the tracebacks of all threads into *file*. If *all_threads* is
    ``False``, dump only the current thread.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added support for passing file descriptor to this function.
+
 
 Fault handler state
 -------------------
@@ -59,6 +62,12 @@ Fault handler state
    produce tracebacks for every running thread. Otherwise, dump only the current
    thread.
 
+   The *file* must be kept open until the fault handler is disabled: see
+   :ref:`issue with file descriptors <faulthandler-fd>`.
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added support for passing file descriptor to this function.
+
 .. function:: disable()
 
    Disable the fault handler: uninstall the signal handlers installed by
@@ -82,9 +91,16 @@ Dumping the tracebacks after a timeout
    call replaces previous parameters and resets the timeout. The timer has a
    sub-second resolution.
 
+   The *file* must be kept open until the traceback is dumped or
+   :func:`cancel_dump_traceback_later` is called: see :ref:`issue with file
+   descriptors <faulthandler-fd>`.
+
    This function is implemented using a watchdog thread and therefore is not
    available if Python is compiled with threads disabled.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added support for passing file descriptor to this function.
+
 .. function:: cancel_dump_traceback_later()
 
    Cancel the last call to :func:`dump_traceback_later`.
@@ -99,8 +115,14 @@ Dumping the traceback on a user signal
    the traceback of all threads, or of the current thread if *all_threads* is
    ``False``, into *file*. Call the previous handler if chain is ``True``.
 
+   The *file* must be kept open until the signal is unregistered by
+   :func:`unregister`: see :ref:`issue with file descriptors <faulthandler-fd>`.
+
    Not available on Windows.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added support for passing file descriptor to this function.
+
 .. function:: unregister(signum)
 
    Unregister a user signal: uninstall the handler of the *signum* signal
@@ -110,6 +132,8 @@ Dumping the traceback on a user signal
    Not available on Windows.
 
 
+.. _faulthandler-fd:
+
 Issue with file descriptors
 ---------------------------
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/formatter.rst b/Doc/library/formatter.rst
index 1847a80..a515f74 100644
--- a/Doc/library/formatter.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/formatter.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
    :synopsis: Generic output formatter and device interface.
    :deprecated:
 
-.. deprecated:: 3.4
+.. deprecated-removed:: 3.4 3.6
    Due to lack of usage, the formatter module has been deprecated and is slated
    for removal in Python 3.6.
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/functions.rst b/Doc/library/functions.rst
index d9e5cfb..eb28513 100644
--- a/Doc/library/functions.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/functions.rst
@@ -156,11 +156,12 @@ are always available.  They are listed here in alphabetical order.
 
 .. function:: chr(i)
 
-   Return the string representing a character whose Unicode code point is the integer
-   *i*.  For example, ``chr(97)`` returns the string ``'a'``. This is the
-   inverse of :func:`ord`.  The valid range for the argument is from 0 through
-   1,114,111 (0x10FFFF in base 16).  :exc:`ValueError` will be raised if *i* is
-   outside that range.
+   Return the string representing a character whose Unicode code point is the
+   integer *i*.  For example, ``chr(97)`` returns the string ``'a'``, while
+   ``chr(931)`` returns the string ``'Σ'``. This is the inverse of :func:`ord`.
+
+   The valid range for the argument is from 0 through 1,114,111 (0x10FFFF in
+   base 16).  :exc:`ValueError` will be raised if *i* is outside that range.
 
 
 .. function:: classmethod(function)
@@ -972,9 +973,11 @@ are always available.  They are listed here in alphabetical order.
      Characters not supported by the encoding are replaced with the
      appropriate XML character reference ``&#nnn;``.
 
-   * ``'backslashreplace'`` (also only supported when writing)
-     replaces unsupported characters with Python's backslashed escape
-     sequences.
+   * ``'backslashreplace'`` replaces malformed data by Python's backslashed
+     escape sequences.
+
+   * ``'namereplace'`` (also only supported when writing)
+     replaces unsupported characters with ``\N{...}`` escape sequences.
 
    .. index::
       single: universal newlines; open() built-in function
@@ -999,8 +1002,8 @@ are always available.  They are listed here in alphabetical order.
 
    If *closefd* is ``False`` and a file descriptor rather than a filename was
    given, the underlying file descriptor will be kept open when the file is
-   closed.  If a filename is given *closefd* has no effect and must be ``True``
-   (the default).
+   closed.  If a filename is given *closefd* must be ``True`` (the default)
+   otherwise an error will be raised.
 
    A custom opener can be used by passing a callable as *opener*. The underlying
    file descriptor for the file object is then obtained by calling *opener* with
@@ -1063,13 +1066,12 @@ are always available.  They are listed here in alphabetical order.
       The ``'U'`` mode.
 
 
-.. XXX works for bytes too, but should it?
 .. function:: ord(c)
 
    Given a string representing one Unicode character, return an integer
-   representing the Unicode code
-   point of that character.  For example, ``ord('a')`` returns the integer ``97``
-   and ``ord('\u2020')`` returns ``8224``.  This is the inverse of :func:`chr`.
+   representing the Unicode code point of that character.  For example,
+   ``ord('a')`` returns the integer ``97`` and ``ord('Σ')`` returns ``931``.
+   This is the inverse of :func:`chr`.
 
 
 .. function:: pow(x, y[, z])
diff --git a/Doc/library/gc.rst b/Doc/library/gc.rst
index 8135542..d11c2e1 100644
--- a/Doc/library/gc.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/gc.rst
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ values but should not rebind them):
    added to this list rather than freed.
 
    .. versionchanged:: 3.2
-      If this list is non-empty at interpreter shutdown, a
+      If this list is non-empty at :term:`interpreter shutdown`, a
       :exc:`ResourceWarning` is emitted, which is silent by default.  If
       :const:`DEBUG_UNCOLLECTABLE` is set, in addition all uncollectable objects
       are printed.
@@ -252,8 +252,8 @@ The following constants are provided for use with :func:`set_debug`:
    to the ``garbage`` list.
 
    .. versionchanged:: 3.2
-      Also print the contents of the :data:`garbage` list at interpreter
-      shutdown, if it isn't empty.
+      Also print the contents of the :data:`garbage` list at
+      :term:`interpreter shutdown`, if it isn't empty.
 
 .. data:: DEBUG_SAVEALL
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/gettext.rst b/Doc/library/gettext.rst
index ff23b59..514cc5a 100644
--- a/Doc/library/gettext.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/gettext.rst
@@ -344,9 +344,9 @@ will assume message ids as Unicode strings, not byte strings.
 The entire set of key/value pairs are placed into a dictionary and set as the
 "protected" :attr:`_info` instance variable.
 
-If the :file:`.mo` file's magic number is invalid, or if other problems occur
-while reading the file, instantiating a :class:`GNUTranslations` class can raise
-:exc:`OSError`.
+If the :file:`.mo` file's magic number is invalid, the major version number is
+unexpected, or if other problems occur while reading the file, instantiating a
+:class:`GNUTranslations` class can raise :exc:`OSError`.
 
 The following methods are overridden from the base class implementation:
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/glob.rst b/Doc/library/glob.rst
index abcbf38..50f38a4 100644
--- a/Doc/library/glob.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/glob.rst
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ For example, ``'[?]'`` matches the character ``'?'``.
    The :mod:`pathlib` module offers high-level path objects.
 
 
-.. function:: glob(pathname)
+.. function:: glob(pathname, *, recursive=False)
 
    Return a possibly-empty list of path names that match *pathname*, which must be
    a string containing a path specification. *pathname* can be either absolute
@@ -37,8 +37,19 @@ For example, ``'[?]'`` matches the character ``'?'``.
    :file:`../../Tools/\*/\*.gif`), and can contain shell-style wildcards. Broken
    symlinks are included in the results (as in the shell).
 
+   If *recursive* is true, the pattern "``**``" will match any files and zero or
+   more directories and subdirectories.  If the pattern is followed by a
+   ``os.sep``, only directories and subdirectories match.
 
-.. function:: iglob(pathname)
+   .. note::
+      Using the "``**``" pattern in large directory trees may consume
+      an inordinate amount of time.
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Support for recursive globs using "``**``".
+
+
+.. function:: iglob(pathname, recursive=False)
 
    Return an :term:`iterator` which yields the same values as :func:`glob`
    without actually storing them all simultaneously.
@@ -55,8 +66,9 @@ For example, ``'[?]'`` matches the character ``'?'``.
    .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
 
-For example, consider a directory containing only the following files:
-:file:`1.gif`, :file:`2.txt`, and :file:`card.gif`.  :func:`glob` will produce
+For example, consider a directory containing the following files:
+:file:`1.gif`, :file:`2.txt`, :file:`card.gif` and a subdirectory :file:`sub`
+which contains only the file :file:`3.txt`.  :func:`glob` will produce
 the following results.  Notice how any leading components of the path are
 preserved. ::
 
@@ -67,6 +79,10 @@ preserved. ::
    ['1.gif', 'card.gif']
    >>> glob.glob('?.gif')
    ['1.gif']
+   >>> glob.glob('**/*.txt', recursive=True)
+   ['2.txt', 'sub/3.txt']
+   >>> glob.glob('./**/', recursive=True)
+   ['./', './sub/']
 
 If the directory contains files starting with ``.`` they won't be matched by
 default. For example, consider a directory containing :file:`card.gif` and
diff --git a/Doc/library/heapq.rst b/Doc/library/heapq.rst
index f8970be..9fbbcc6 100644
--- a/Doc/library/heapq.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/heapq.rst
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The following functions are provided:
 The module also offers three general purpose functions based on heaps.
 
 
-.. function:: merge(*iterables)
+.. function:: merge(*iterables, key=None, reverse=False)
 
    Merge multiple sorted inputs into a single sorted output (for example, merge
    timestamped entries from multiple log files).  Returns an :term:`iterator`
@@ -92,6 +92,18 @@ The module also offers three general purpose functions based on heaps.
    not pull the data into memory all at once, and assumes that each of the input
    streams is already sorted (smallest to largest).
 
+   Has two optional arguments which must be specified as keyword arguments.
+
+   *key* specifies a :term:`key function` of one argument that is used to
+   extract a comparison key from each input element.  The default value is
+   ``None`` (compare the elements directly).
+
+   *reverse* is a boolean value.  If set to ``True``, then the input elements
+   are merged as if each comparison were reversed.
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added the optional *key* and *reverse* parameters.
+
 
 .. function:: nlargest(n, iterable, key=None)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/html.parser.rst b/Doc/library/html.parser.rst
index 44b7d6e..b84c60b 100644
--- a/Doc/library/html.parser.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/html.parser.rst
@@ -16,21 +16,13 @@
 This module defines a class :class:`HTMLParser` which serves as the basis for
 parsing text files formatted in HTML (HyperText Mark-up Language) and XHTML.
 
-.. class:: HTMLParser(strict=False, *, convert_charrefs=False)
+.. class:: HTMLParser(*, convert_charrefs=True)
 
-   Create a parser instance.
+   Create a parser instance able to parse invalid markup.
 
-   If *convert_charrefs* is ``True`` (default: ``False``), all character
+   If *convert_charrefs* is ``True`` (the default), all character
    references (except the ones in ``script``/``style`` elements) are
    automatically converted to the corresponding Unicode characters.
-   The use of ``convert_charrefs=True`` is encouraged and will become
-   the default in Python 3.5.
-
-   If *strict* is ``False`` (the default), the parser will accept and parse
-   invalid markup.  If *strict* is ``True`` the parser will raise an
-   :exc:`~html.parser.HTMLParseError` exception instead [#]_ when it's not
-   able to parse the markup.  The use of ``strict=True`` is discouraged and
-   the *strict* argument is deprecated.
 
    An :class:`.HTMLParser` instance is fed HTML data and calls handler methods
    when start tags, end tags, text, comments, and other markup elements are
@@ -40,31 +32,11 @@ parsing text files formatted in HTML (HyperText Mark-up Language) and XHTML.
    This parser does not check that end tags match start tags or call the end-tag
    handler for elements which are closed implicitly by closing an outer element.
 
-   .. versionchanged:: 3.2
-      *strict* argument added.
-
-   .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.5
-      The *strict* argument and the strict mode have been deprecated.
-      The parser is now able to accept and parse invalid markup too.
-
    .. versionchanged:: 3.4
       *convert_charrefs* keyword argument added.
 
-An exception is defined as well:
-
-
-.. exception:: HTMLParseError
-
-   Exception raised by the :class:`HTMLParser` class when it encounters an error
-   while parsing and *strict* is ``True``.  This exception provides three
-   attributes: :attr:`msg` is a brief message explaining the error,
-   :attr:`lineno` is the number of the line on which the broken construct was
-   detected, and :attr:`offset` is the number of characters into the line at
-   which the construct starts.
-
-   .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.5
-      This exception has been deprecated because it's never raised by the parser
-      (when the default non-strict mode is used).
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The default value for argument *convert_charrefs* is now ``True``.
 
 
 Example HTML Parser Application
@@ -246,8 +218,7 @@ implementations do nothing (except for :meth:`~HTMLParser.handle_startendtag`):
 
    The *data* parameter will be the entire contents of the declaration inside
    the ``<![...]>`` markup.  It is sometimes useful to be overridden by a
-   derived class.  The base class implementation raises an :exc:`HTMLParseError`
-   when *strict* is ``True``.
+   derived class.  The base class implementation does nothing.
 
 
 .. _htmlparser-examples:
@@ -358,9 +329,3 @@ Parsing invalid HTML (e.g. unquoted attributes) also works::
    Data     : tag soup
    End tag  : p
    End tag  : a
-
-.. rubric:: Footnotes
-
-.. [#] For backward compatibility reasons *strict* mode does not raise
-       exceptions for all non-compliant HTML.  That is, some invalid HTML
-       is tolerated even in *strict* mode.
diff --git a/Doc/library/http.client.rst b/Doc/library/http.client.rst
index b6e78b5..5e27a36 100644
--- a/Doc/library/http.client.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/http.client.rst
@@ -186,221 +186,15 @@ The constants defined in this module are:
 
    The default port for the HTTPS protocol (always ``443``).
 
-and also the following constants for integer status codes:
-
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| Constant                                 | Value   | Definition                                                            |
-+==========================================+=========+=======================================================================+
-| :const:`CONTINUE`                        | ``100`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.1.1                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.1.1>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS`             | ``101`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.1.2                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.1.2>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`PROCESSING`                      | ``102`` | WEBDAV, `RFC 2518, Section 10.1                                       |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.webdav.org/specs/rfc2518.html#STATUS_102>`_               |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`OK`                              | ``200`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.2.1                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.2.1>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`CREATED`                         | ``201`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.2.2                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.2.2>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`ACCEPTED`                        | ``202`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.2.3                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.2.3>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`NON_AUTHORITATIVE_INFORMATION`   | ``203`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.2.4                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.2.4>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`NO_CONTENT`                      | ``204`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.2.5                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.2.5>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`RESET_CONTENT`                   | ``205`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.2.6                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.2.6>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`PARTIAL_CONTENT`                 | ``206`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.2.7                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.2.7>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`MULTI_STATUS`                    | ``207`` | WEBDAV `RFC 2518, Section 10.2                                        |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.webdav.org/specs/rfc2518.html#STATUS_207>`_               |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`IM_USED`                         | ``226`` | Delta encoding in HTTP,                                               |
-|                                          |         | :rfc:`3229`, Section 10.4.1                                           |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`MULTIPLE_CHOICES`                | ``300`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.3.1                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.3.1>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`MOVED_PERMANENTLY`               | ``301`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.3.2                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.3.2>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`FOUND`                           | ``302`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.3.3                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.3.3>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`SEE_OTHER`                       | ``303`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.3.4                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.3.4>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`NOT_MODIFIED`                    | ``304`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.3.5                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.3.5>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`USE_PROXY`                       | ``305`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.3.6                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.3.6>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`TEMPORARY_REDIRECT`              | ``307`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.3.8                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.3.8>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`BAD_REQUEST`                     | ``400`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.1                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.1>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`UNAUTHORIZED`                    | ``401`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.2                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.2>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`PAYMENT_REQUIRED`                | ``402`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.3                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.3>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`FORBIDDEN`                       | ``403`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.4                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.4>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`NOT_FOUND`                       | ``404`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.5                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.5>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED`              | ``405`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.6                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.6>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`NOT_ACCEPTABLE`                  | ``406`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.7                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.7>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED`   | ``407`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.8                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.8>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`REQUEST_TIMEOUT`                 | ``408`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.9                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.9>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`CONFLICT`                        | ``409`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.10                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.10>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`GONE`                            | ``410`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.11                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.11>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`LENGTH_REQUIRED`                 | ``411`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.12                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.12>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`PRECONDITION_FAILED`             | ``412`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.13                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.13>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE`        | ``413`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.14                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.14>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`REQUEST_URI_TOO_LONG`            | ``414`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.15                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.15>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE`          | ``415`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.16                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.16>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`REQUESTED_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE` | ``416`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.17                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.17>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`EXPECTATION_FAILED`              | ``417`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.4.18                                                               |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.4.18>`_ |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`UNPROCESSABLE_ENTITY`            | ``422`` | WEBDAV, `RFC 2518, Section 10.3                                       |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.webdav.org/specs/rfc2518.html#STATUS_422>`_               |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`LOCKED`                          | ``423`` | WEBDAV `RFC 2518, Section 10.4                                        |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.webdav.org/specs/rfc2518.html#STATUS_423>`_               |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`FAILED_DEPENDENCY`               | ``424`` | WEBDAV, `RFC 2518, Section 10.5                                       |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.webdav.org/specs/rfc2518.html#STATUS_424>`_               |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`UPGRADE_REQUIRED`                | ``426`` | HTTP Upgrade to TLS,                                                  |
-|                                          |         | :rfc:`2817`, Section 6                                                |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`PRECONDITION_REQUIRED`           | ``428`` | Additional HTTP Status Codes,                                         |
-|                                          |         | :rfc:`6585`, Section 3                                                |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`TOO_MANY_REQUESTS`               | ``429`` | Additional HTTP Status Codes,                                         |
-|                                          |         | :rfc:`6585`, Section 4                                                |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`REQUEST_HEADER_FIELDS_TOO_LARGE` | ``431`` | Additional HTTP Status Codes,                                         |
-|                                          |         | :rfc:`6585`, Section 5                                                |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR`           | ``500`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.5.1                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.5.1>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`NOT_IMPLEMENTED`                 | ``501`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.5.2                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.5.2>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`BAD_GATEWAY`                     | ``502`` | HTTP/1.1 `RFC 2616, Section                                           |
-|                                          |         | 10.5.3                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.5.3>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE`             | ``503`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.5.4                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.5.4>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`GATEWAY_TIMEOUT`                 | ``504`` | HTTP/1.1 `RFC 2616, Section                                           |
-|                                          |         | 10.5.5                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.5.5>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED`      | ``505`` | HTTP/1.1, `RFC 2616, Section                                          |
-|                                          |         | 10.5.6                                                                |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html#sec10.5.6>`_  |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE`            | ``507`` | WEBDAV, `RFC 2518, Section 10.6                                       |
-|                                          |         | <http://www.webdav.org/specs/rfc2518.html#STATUS_507>`_               |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`NOT_EXTENDED`                    | ``510`` | An HTTP Extension Framework,                                          |
-|                                          |         | :rfc:`2774`, Section 7                                                |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-| :const:`NETWORK_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED` | ``511`` | Additional HTTP Status Codes,                                         |
-|                                          |         | :rfc:`6585`, Section 6                                                |
-+------------------------------------------+---------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-.. versionchanged:: 3.3
-   Added codes ``428``, ``429``, ``431`` and ``511`` from :rfc:`6585`.
-
-
 .. data:: responses
 
    This dictionary maps the HTTP 1.1 status codes to the W3C names.
 
    Example: ``http.client.responses[http.client.NOT_FOUND]`` is ``'Not Found'``.
 
+See :ref:`http-status-codes` for a list of HTTP status codes that are
+available in this module as constants.
+
 
 .. _httpconnection-objects:
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/http.cookies.rst b/Doc/library/http.cookies.rst
index 646f2e8..46c3bbd 100644
--- a/Doc/library/http.cookies.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/http.cookies.rst
@@ -148,16 +148,28 @@ Morsel Objects
 
    The value of the cookie.
 
+   .. deprecated:: 3.5
+      Setting :attr:`~Morsel.value` directly has been deprecated in favour of
+      using :func:`~Morsel.set`
+
 
 .. attribute:: Morsel.coded_value
 
    The encoded value of the cookie --- this is what should be sent.
 
+   .. deprecated:: 3.5
+      Setting :attr:`~Morsel.coded_value` directly has been deprecated in
+      favour of using :func:`~Morsel.set`
+
 
 .. attribute:: Morsel.key
 
    The name of the cookie.
 
+   .. deprecated:: 3.5
+      Setting :attr:`~Morsel.key` directly has been deprecated in
+      favour of using :func:`~Morsel.set`
+
 
 .. method:: Morsel.set(key, value, coded_value)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/http.rst b/Doc/library/http.rst
index a387a37..b6f2c58 100644
--- a/Doc/library/http.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/http.rst
@@ -1,7 +1,16 @@
 :mod:`http` --- HTTP modules
 ============================
 
-``http`` is a package that collects several modules for working with the
+.. module:: http
+   :synopsis: HTTP status codes and messages
+
+.. index::
+   pair: HTTP; protocol
+   single: HTTP; http (standard module)
+
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/http/__init__.py`
+
+:mod:`http` is a package that collects several modules for working with the
 HyperText Transfer Protocol:
 
 * :mod:`http.client` is a low-level HTTP protocol client; for high-level URL
@@ -9,3 +18,105 @@ HyperText Transfer Protocol:
 * :mod:`http.server` contains basic HTTP server classes based on :mod:`socketserver`
 * :mod:`http.cookies` has utilities for implementing state management with cookies
 * :mod:`http.cookiejar` provides persistence of cookies
+
+:mod:`http` is also a module that defines a number of HTTP status codes and
+associated messages through the :class:`http.HTTPStatus` enum:
+
+.. class:: HTTPStatus
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+   A subclass of :class:`enum.IntEnum` that defines a set of HTTP status codes,
+   reason phrases and long descriptions written in English.
+
+   Usage::
+
+      >>> from http import HTTPStatus
+      >>> HTTPStatus.OK
+      <HTTPStatus.OK: 200>
+      >>> HTTPStatus.OK == 200
+      True
+      >>> http.HTTPStatus.OK.value
+      200
+      >>> HTTPStatus.OK.phrase
+      'OK'
+      >>> HTTPStatus.OK.description
+      'Request fulfilled, document follows'
+      >>> list(HTTPStatus)
+      [<HTTPStatus.CONTINUE: 100>, <HTTPStatus.SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS: 101>, ...]
+
+.. _http-status-codes:
+
+HTTP status codes
+-----------------
+
+Supported,
+`IANA-registered <http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-status-codes/http-status-codes.xhtml>`_
+status codes available in :class:`http.HTTPStatus` are:
+
+======= =================================== ==================================================================
+Code    Enum Name                           Details
+======= =================================== ==================================================================
+``100`` ``CONTINUE``                        HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.2.1
+``101`` ``SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS``             HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.2.2
+``102`` ``PROCESSING``                      WebDAV :rfc:`2518`, Section 10.1
+``200`` ``OK``                              HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.3.1
+``201`` ``CREATED``                         HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.3.2
+``202`` ``ACCEPTED``                        HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.3.3
+``203`` ``NON_AUTHORITATIVE_INFORMATION``   HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.3.4
+``204`` ``NO_CONTENT``                      HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.3.5
+``205`` ``RESET_CONTENT``                   HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.3.6
+``206`` ``PARTIAL_CONTENT``                 HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7233`, Section 4.1
+``207`` ``MULTI_STATUS``                    WebDAV :rfc:`4918`, Section 11.1
+``208`` ``ALREADY_REPORTED``                WebDAV Binding Extensions :rfc:`5842`, Section 7.1 (Experimental)
+``226`` ``IM_USED``                         Delta Encoding in HTTP :rfc:`3229`, Section 10.4.1
+``300`` ``MULTIPLE_CHOICES``                HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.4.1
+``301`` ``MOVED_PERMANENTLY``               HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.4.2
+``302`` ``FOUND``                           HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.4.3
+``303`` ``SEE_OTHER``                       HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.4.4
+``304`` ``NOT_MODIFIED``                    HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7232`, Section 4.1
+``305`` ``USE_PROXY``                       HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.4.5
+``307`` ``TEMPORARY_REDIRECT``              HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.4.7
+``308`` ``PERMANENT_REDIRECT``              Permanent Redirect :rfc:`7238`, Section 3 (Experimental)
+``400`` ``BAD_REQUEST``                     HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.1
+``401`` ``UNAUTHORIZED``                    HTTP/1.1 Authentication :rfc:`7235`, Section 3.1
+``402`` ``PAYMENT_REQUIRED``                HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.2
+``403`` ``FORBIDDEN``                       HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.3
+``404`` ``NOT_FOUND``                       HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.4
+``405`` ``METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED``              HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.5
+``406`` ``NOT_ACCEPTABLE``                  HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.6
+``407`` ``PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED``   HTTP/1.1 Authentication :rfc:`7235`, Section 3.2
+``408`` ``REQUEST_TIMEOUT``                 HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.7
+``409`` ``CONFLICT``                        HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.8
+``410`` ``GONE``                            HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.9
+``411`` ``LENGTH_REQUIRED``                 HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.10
+``412`` ``PRECONDITION_FAILED``             HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7232`, Section 4.2
+``413`` ``REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE``        HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.11
+``414`` ``REQUEST_URI_TOO_LONG``            HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.12
+``415`` ``UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE``          HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.13
+``416`` ``REQUEST_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE``   HTTP/1.1 Range Requests :rfc:`7233`, Section 4.4
+``417`` ``EXPECTATION_FAILED``              HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.14
+``422`` ``UNPROCESSABLE_ENTITY``            WebDAV :rfc:`4918`, Section 11.2
+``423`` ``LOCKED``                          WebDAV :rfc:`4918`, Section 11.3
+``424`` ``FAILED_DEPENDENCY``               WebDAV :rfc:`4918`, Section 11.4
+``426`` ``UPGRADE_REQUIRED``                HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.5.15
+``428`` ``PRECONDITION_REQUIRED``           Additional HTTP Status Codes :rfc:`6585`
+``429`` ``TOO_MANY_REQUESTS``               Additional HTTP Status Codes :rfc:`6585`
+``431`` ``REQUEST_HEADER_FIELDS_TOO_LARGE`` Additional HTTP Status Codes :rfc:`6585`
+``500`` ``INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR``           HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.6.1
+``501`` ``NOT_IMPLEMENTED``                 HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.6.2
+``502`` ``BAD_GATEWAY``                     HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.6.3
+``503`` ``SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE``             HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.6.4
+``504`` ``GATEWAY_TIMEOUT``                 HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.6.5
+``505`` ``HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED``      HTTP/1.1 :rfc:`7231`, Section 6.6.6
+``506`` ``VARIANT_ALSO_NEGOTIATES``         Transparent Content Negotiation in HTTP :rfc:`2295`, Section 8.1 (Experimental)
+``507`` ``INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE``            WebDAV :rfc:`4918`, Section 11.5
+``508`` ``LOOP_DETECTED``                   WebDAV Binding Extensions :rfc:`5842`, Section 7.2 (Experimental)
+``510`` ``NOT_EXTENDED``                    An HTTP Extension Framework :rfc:`2774`, Section 7 (Experimental)
+``511`` ``NETWORK_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED`` Additional HTTP Status Codes :rfc:`6585`, Section 6
+======= =================================== ==================================================================
+
+In order to preserve backwards compatibility, enum values are also present
+in the :mod:`http.client` module in the form of constants. The enum name is
+equal to the constant name (i.e. ``http.HTTPStatus.OK`` is also available as
+``http.client.OK``).
diff --git a/Doc/library/http.server.rst b/Doc/library/http.server.rst
index a750155..1c3e202 100644
--- a/Doc/library/http.server.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/http.server.rst
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ of which this module provides three different variants:
 
    .. method:: send_response_only(code, message=None)
 
-      Sends the reponse header only, used for the purposes when ``100
+      Sends the response header only, used for the purposes when ``100
       Continue`` response is sent by the server to the client. The headers not
       buffered and sent directly the output stream.If the *message* is not
       specified, the HTTP message corresponding the response *code*  is sent.
diff --git a/Doc/library/imaplib.rst b/Doc/library/imaplib.rst
index fa736fe..f263bab 100644
--- a/Doc/library/imaplib.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/imaplib.rst
@@ -37,6 +37,19 @@ base class:
    initialized. If *host* is not specified, ``''`` (the local host) is used. If
    *port* is omitted, the standard IMAP4 port (143) is used.
 
+   The :class:`IMAP4` class supports the :keyword:`with` statement.  When used
+   like this, the IMAP4 ``LOGOUT`` command is issued automatically when the
+   :keyword:`with` statement exits.  E.g.::
+
+    >>> from imaplib import IMAP4
+    >>> with IMAP4("domain.org") as M:
+    ...     M.noop()
+    ...
+    ('OK', [b'Nothing Accomplished. d25if65hy903weo.87'])
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Support for the :keyword:`with` statement was added.
+
 Three exceptions are defined as attributes of the :class:`IMAP4` class:
 
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/imghdr.rst b/Doc/library/imghdr.rst
index 9e89523..c60df24 100644
--- a/Doc/library/imghdr.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/imghdr.rst
@@ -48,6 +48,16 @@ from :func:`what`:
 +------------+-----------------------------------+
 | ``'png'``  | Portable Network Graphics         |
 +------------+-----------------------------------+
+| ``'webp'`` | WebP files                        |
++------------+-----------------------------------+
+| ``'exr'``  | OpenEXR Files                     |
++------------+-----------------------------------+
+
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+   The *exr* format was added.
+
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   The *webp* type was added.
 
 You can extend the list of file types :mod:`imghdr` can recognize by appending
 to this variable:
diff --git a/Doc/library/importlib.rst b/Doc/library/importlib.rst
index 91328af..e61ac35 100644
--- a/Doc/library/importlib.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/importlib.rst
@@ -69,6 +69,10 @@ Functions
 
     An implementation of the built-in :func:`__import__` function.
 
+    .. note::
+       Programmatic importing of modules should use :func:`import_module`
+       instead of this function.
+
 .. function:: import_module(name, package=None)
 
     Import a module. The *name* argument specifies what module to
@@ -81,12 +85,15 @@ Functions
 
     The :func:`import_module` function acts as a simplifying wrapper around
     :func:`importlib.__import__`. This means all semantics of the function are
-    derived from :func:`importlib.__import__`, including requiring the package
-    from which an import is occurring to have been previously imported
-    (i.e., *package* must already be imported). The most important difference
-    is that :func:`import_module` returns the specified package or module
-    (e.g. ``pkg.mod``), while :func:`__import__` returns the
-    top-level package or module (e.g. ``pkg``).
+    derived from :func:`importlib.__import__`. The most important difference
+    between these two functions is that :func:`import_module` returns the
+    specified package or module (e.g. ``pkg.mod``), while :func:`__import__`
+    returns the top-level package or module (e.g. ``pkg``).
+
+    If you are dynamically importing a module that was created since the
+    interpreter began execution (e.g., created a Python source file), you may
+    need to call :func:`invalidate_caches` in order for the new module to be
+    noticed by the import system.
 
     .. versionchanged:: 3.3
        Parent packages are automatically imported.
@@ -347,13 +354,16 @@ ABC hierarchy::
 
     .. method:: create_module(spec)
 
-       An optional method that returns the module object to use when
-       importing a module.  create_module() may also return ``None``,
-       indicating that the default module creation should take place
-       instead.
+       A method that returns the module object to use when
+       importing a module.  This method may return ``None``,
+       indicating that default module creation semantics should take place.
 
        .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
+       .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+          Starting in Python 3.6, this method will not be optional when
+          :meth:`exec_module` is defined.
+
     .. method:: exec_module(module)
 
        An abstract method that executes the module in its own namespace
@@ -417,7 +427,7 @@ ABC hierarchy::
 
         .. deprecated:: 3.4
            The recommended API for loading a module is :meth:`exec_module`
-           (and optionally :meth:`create_module`).  Loaders should implement
+           (and :meth:`create_module`).  Loaders should implement
            it instead of load_module().  The import machinery takes care of
            all the other responsibilities of load_module() when exec_module()
            is implemented.
@@ -499,7 +509,7 @@ ABC hierarchy::
         .. versionchanged:: 3.4
            Raises :exc:`ImportError` instead of :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
 
-    .. method:: source_to_code(data, path='<string>')
+    .. staticmethod:: source_to_code(data, path='<string>')
 
         Create a code object from Python source.
 
@@ -508,8 +518,14 @@ ABC hierarchy::
         the "path" to where the source code originated from, which can be an
         abstract concept (e.g. location in a zip file).
 
+        With the subsequent code object one can execute it in a module by
+        running ``exec(code, module.__dict__)``.
+
         .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
+        .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+           Made the method static.
+
     .. method:: exec_module(module)
 
        Implementation of :meth:`Loader.exec_module`.
@@ -788,6 +804,11 @@ find and load modules.
 
       .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
+      .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+         If the current working directory -- represented by an empty string --
+         is no longer valid then ``None`` is returned but no value is cached
+         in :data:`sys.path_importer_cache`.
+
    .. classmethod:: find_module(fullname, path=None)
 
       A legacy wrapper around :meth:`find_spec`.
@@ -1123,6 +1144,21 @@ an :term:`importer`.
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
+.. function:: module_from_spec(spec)
+
+   Create a new module based on **spec** and ``spec.loader.create_module()``.
+
+   If ``spec.loader.create_module()`` does not return ``None``, then any
+   pre-existing attributes will not be reset. Also, no :exc:`AttributeError`
+   will be raised if triggered while accessing **spec** or setting an attribute
+   on the module.
+
+   This function is preferred over using :class:`types.ModuleType` to create a
+   new module as **spec** is used to set as many import-controlled attributes on
+   the module as possible.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. decorator:: module_for_loader
 
     A :term:`decorator` for :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.load_module`
@@ -1201,3 +1237,39 @@ an :term:`importer`.
    module will be file-based.
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.4
+
+.. class:: LazyLoader(loader)
+
+   A class which postpones the execution of the loader of a module until the
+   module has an attribute accessed.
+
+   This class **only** works with loaders that define
+   :meth:`~importlib.abc.Loader.exec_module` as control over what module type
+   is used for the module is required. For those same reasons, the loader's
+   :meth:`~importlib.abc.Loader.create_module` method will be ignored (i.e., the
+   loader's method should only return ``None``). Finally,
+   modules which substitute the object placed into :attr:`sys.modules` will
+   not work as there is no way to properly replace the module references
+   throughout the interpreter safely; :exc:`ValueError` is raised if such a
+   substitution is detected.
+
+   .. note::
+      For projects where startup time is critical, this class allows for
+      potentially minimizing the cost of loading a module if it is never used.
+      For projects where startup time is not essential then use of this class is
+      **heavily** discouraged due to error messages created during loading being
+      postponed and thus occurring out of context.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+   .. classmethod:: factory(loader)
+
+      A static method which returns a callable that creates a lazy loader. This
+      is meant to be used in situations where the loader is passed by class
+      instead of by instance.
+      ::
+
+        suffixes = importlib.machinery.SOURCE_SUFFIXES
+        loader = importlib.machinery.SourceFileLoader
+        lazy_loader = importlib.util.LazyLoader.factory(loader)
+        finder = importlib.machinery.FileFinder(path, [(lazy_loader, suffixes)])
diff --git a/Doc/library/inspect.rst b/Doc/library/inspect.rst
index c540b11..3d2132f 100644
--- a/Doc/library/inspect.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/inspect.rst
@@ -159,6 +159,16 @@ attributes:
 |           |                 | arguments and local       |
 |           |                 | variables                 |
 +-----------+-----------------+---------------------------+
+| generator | __name__        | name                      |
++-----------+-----------------+---------------------------+
+|           | __qualname__    | qualified name            |
++-----------+-----------------+---------------------------+
+|           | gi_frame        | frame                     |
++-----------+-----------------+---------------------------+
+|           | gi_running      | is the generator running? |
++-----------+-----------------+---------------------------+
+|           | gi_code         | code                      |
++-----------+-----------------+---------------------------+
 | builtin   | __doc__         | documentation string      |
 +-----------+-----------------+---------------------------+
 |           | __name__        | original name of this     |
@@ -169,6 +179,12 @@ attributes:
 |           |                 | ``None``                  |
 +-----------+-----------------+---------------------------+
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+
+   Add ``__qualname__`` attribute to generators. The ``__name__`` attribute of
+   generators is now set from the function name, instead of the code name, and
+   it can now be modified.
+
 
 .. function:: getmembers(object[, predicate])
 
@@ -462,6 +478,9 @@ function.
    Signature objects are *immutable*.  Use :meth:`Signature.replace` to make a
    modified copy.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Signature objects are picklable and hashable.
+
    .. attribute:: Signature.empty
 
       A special class-level marker to specify absence of a return annotation.
@@ -506,12 +525,29 @@ function.
          >>> str(new_sig)
          "(a, b) -> 'new return anno'"
 
+   .. classmethod:: Signature.from_callable(obj)
+
+       Return a :class:`Signature` (or its subclass) object for a given callable
+       ``obj``. This method simplifies subclassing of :class:`Signature`:
+
+       ::
+
+         class MySignature(Signature):
+             pass
+         sig = MySignature.from_callable(min)
+         assert isinstance(sig, MySignature)
+
+       .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 
 .. class:: Parameter(name, kind, \*, default=Parameter.empty, annotation=Parameter.empty)
 
    Parameter objects are *immutable*.  Instead of modifying a Parameter object,
    you can use :meth:`Parameter.replace` to create a modified copy.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Parameter objects are picklable and hashable.
+
    .. attribute:: Parameter.empty
 
       A special class-level marker to specify absence of default values and
@@ -849,11 +885,17 @@ Classes and functions
 The interpreter stack
 ---------------------
 
-When the following functions return "frame records," each record is a tuple of
-six items: the frame object, the filename, the line number of the current line,
+When the following functions return "frame records," each record is a
+:term:`named tuple`
+``FrameInfo(frame, filename, lineno, function, code_context, index)``.
+The tuple contains the frame object, the filename, the line number of the
+current line,
 the function name, a list of lines of context from the source code, and the
 index of the current line within that list.
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   Return a named tuple instead of a tuple.
+
 .. note::
 
    Keeping references to frame objects, as found in the first element of the frame
diff --git a/Doc/library/io.rst b/Doc/library/io.rst
index 3adf6e9..634bf58 100644
--- a/Doc/library/io.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/io.rst
@@ -391,8 +391,8 @@ I/O Base Classes
    .. method:: readinto(b)
 
       Read up to ``len(b)`` bytes into :class:`bytearray` *b* and return the
-      number of bytes read.  If the object is in non-blocking mode and no
-      bytes are available, ``None`` is returned.
+      number of bytes read.  If the object is in non-blocking mode and no bytes
+      are available, ``None`` is returned.
 
    .. method:: write(b)
 
@@ -465,9 +465,10 @@ I/O Base Classes
 
    .. method:: read1(size=-1)
 
-      Read and return up to *size* bytes, with at most one call to the underlying
-      raw stream's :meth:`~RawIOBase.read` method.  This can be useful if you
-      are implementing your own buffering on top of a :class:`BufferedIOBase`
+      Read and return up to *size* bytes, with at most one call to the
+      underlying raw stream's :meth:`~RawIOBase.read` (or
+      :meth:`~RawIOBase.readinto`) method.  This can be useful if you are
+      implementing your own buffering on top of a :class:`BufferedIOBase`
       object.
 
    .. method:: readinto(b)
@@ -478,8 +479,19 @@ I/O Base Classes
       Like :meth:`read`, multiple reads may be issued to the underlying raw
       stream, unless the latter is interactive.
 
-      A :exc:`BlockingIOError` is raised if the underlying raw stream is in
-      non blocking-mode, and has no data available at the moment.
+      A :exc:`BlockingIOError` is raised if the underlying raw stream is in non
+      blocking-mode, and has no data available at the moment.
+
+   .. method:: readinto1(b)
+
+      Read up to ``len(b)`` bytes into bytearray *b*, ,using at most one call to
+      the underlying raw stream's :meth:`~RawIOBase.read` (or
+      :meth:`~RawIOBase.readinto`) method. Return the number of bytes read.
+
+      A :exc:`BlockingIOError` is raised if the underlying raw stream is in non
+      blocking-mode, and has no data available at the moment.
+
+      .. versionadded:: 3.5
 
    .. method:: write(b)
 
@@ -507,9 +519,12 @@ Raw File I/O
    The *name* can be one of two things:
 
    * a character string or :class:`bytes` object representing the path to the
-     file which will be opened;
+     file which will be opened. In this case closefd must be True (the default)
+     otherwise an error will be raised.
    * an integer representing the number of an existing OS-level file descriptor
-     to which the resulting :class:`FileIO` object will give access.
+     to which the resulting :class:`FileIO` object will give access. When the
+     FileIO object is closed this fd will be closed as well, unless *closefd*
+     is set to ``False``.
 
    The *mode* can be ``'r'``, ``'w'``, ``'x'`` or ``'a'`` for reading
    (default), writing, exclusive creation or appending. The file will be
@@ -598,6 +613,11 @@ than raw I/O does.
 
       In :class:`BytesIO`, this is the same as :meth:`read`.
 
+   .. method:: readinto1()
+
+      In :class:`BytesIO`, this is the same as :meth:`readinto`.
+
+      .. versionadded:: 3.5
 
 .. class:: BufferedReader(raw, buffer_size=DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE)
 
@@ -807,11 +827,13 @@ Text I/O
    exception if there is an encoding error (the default of ``None`` has the same
    effect), or pass ``'ignore'`` to ignore errors.  (Note that ignoring encoding
    errors can lead to data loss.)  ``'replace'`` causes a replacement marker
-   (such as ``'?'``) to be inserted where there is malformed data.  When
-   writing, ``'xmlcharrefreplace'`` (replace with the appropriate XML character
-   reference) or ``'backslashreplace'`` (replace with backslashed escape
-   sequences) can be used.  Any other error handling name that has been
-   registered with :func:`codecs.register_error` is also valid.
+   (such as ``'?'``) to be inserted where there is malformed data.
+   ``'backslashreplace'`` causes malformed data to be replaced by a
+   backslashed escape sequence.  When writing, ``'xmlcharrefreplace'``
+   (replace with the appropriate XML character reference)  or ``'namereplace'``
+   (replace with ``\N{...}`` escape sequences) can be used.  Any other error
+   handling name that has been registered with
+   :func:`codecs.register_error` is also valid.
 
    .. index::
       single: universal newlines; io.TextIOWrapper class
diff --git a/Doc/library/ipaddress.rst b/Doc/library/ipaddress.rst
index ca87980..7b59440 100644
--- a/Doc/library/ipaddress.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/ipaddress.rst
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ write code that handles both IP versions correctly.
    1. A string in decimal-dot notation, consisting of four decimal integers in
       the inclusive range 0-255, separated by dots (e.g. ``192.168.0.1``). Each
       integer represents an octet (byte) in the address. Leading zeroes are
-      tolerated only for values less then 8 (as there is no ambiguity
+      tolerated only for values less than 8 (as there is no ambiguity
       between the decimal and octal interpretations of such strings).
    2. An integer that fits into 32 bits.
    3. An integer packed into a :class:`bytes` object of length 4 (most
@@ -146,6 +146,20 @@ write code that handles both IP versions correctly.
       the appropriate length (most significant octet first). This is 4 bytes
       for IPv4 and 16 bytes for IPv6.
 
+   .. attribute:: reverse_pointer
+
+      The name of the reverse DNS PTR record for the IP address, e.g.::
+
+          >>> ipaddress.ip_address("127.0.0.1").reverse_pointer
+          '1.0.0.127.in-addr.arpa'
+          >>> ipaddress.ip_address("2001:db8::1").reverse_pointer
+          '1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.8.b.d.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa'
+
+      This is the name that could be used for performing a PTR lookup, not the
+      resolved hostname itself.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
    .. attribute:: is_multicast
 
       ``True`` if the address is reserved for multicast use.  See
@@ -226,6 +240,7 @@ write code that handles both IP versions correctly.
    :class:`IPv4Address` class:
 
    .. attribute:: packed
+   .. attribute:: reverse_pointer
    .. attribute:: version
    .. attribute:: max_prefixlen
    .. attribute:: is_multicast
@@ -377,6 +392,12 @@ so to avoid duplication they are only documented for :class:`IPv4Network`.
    3. An integer packed into a :class:`bytes` object of length 4, big-endian.
       The interpretation is similar to an integer *address*.
 
+   4. A two-tuple of an address description and a netmask, where the address
+      description is either a string, a 32-bits integer, a 4-bytes packed
+      integer, or an existing IPv4Address object; and the netmask is either
+      an integer representing the prefix length (e.g. ``24``) or a string
+      representing the prefix mask (e.g. ``255.255.255.0``).
+
    An :exc:`AddressValueError` is raised if *address* is not a valid IPv4
    address.  A :exc:`NetmaskValueError` is raised if the mask is not valid for
    an IPv4 address.
@@ -389,6 +410,10 @@ so to avoid duplication they are only documented for :class:`IPv4Network`.
    objects will raise :exc:`TypeError` if the argument's IP version is
    incompatible to ``self``
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+
+      Added the two-tuple form for the *address* constructor parameter.
+
    .. attribute:: version
    .. attribute:: max_prefixlen
 
@@ -553,6 +578,11 @@ so to avoid duplication they are only documented for :class:`IPv4Network`.
    3. An integer packed into a :class:`bytes` object of length 16, bit-endian.
       The interpretation is similar to an integer *address*.
 
+   4. A two-tuple of an address description and a netmask, where the address
+      description is either a string, a 128-bits integer, a 16-bytes packed
+      integer, or an existing IPv4Address object; and the netmask is an
+      integer representing the prefix length.
+
    An :exc:`AddressValueError` is raised if *address* is not a valid IPv6
    address.  A :exc:`NetmaskValueError` is raised if the mask is not valid for
    an IPv6 address.
@@ -561,6 +591,10 @@ so to avoid duplication they are only documented for :class:`IPv4Network`.
    then :exc:`ValueError` is raised.  Otherwise, the host bits are masked out
    to determine the appropriate network address.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+
+      Added the two-tuple form for the *address* constructor parameter.
+
    .. attribute:: version
    .. attribute:: max_prefixlen
    .. attribute:: is_multicast
diff --git a/Doc/library/itertools.rst b/Doc/library/itertools.rst
index f489535..8c7592d 100644
--- a/Doc/library/itertools.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/itertools.rst
@@ -87,10 +87,15 @@ loops that truncate the stream.
 
 .. function:: accumulate(iterable[, func])
 
-    Make an iterator that returns accumulated sums. Elements may be any addable
-    type including :class:`~decimal.Decimal` or :class:`~fractions.Fraction`.
-    If the optional *func* argument is supplied, it should be a function of two
-    arguments and it will be used instead of addition.
+    Make an iterator that returns accumulated sums, or accumulated
+    results of other binary functions (specified via the optional
+    *func* argument).  If *func* is supplied, it should be a function
+    of two arguments. Elements of the input *iterable* may be any type
+    that can be accepted as arguments to *func*. (For example, with
+    the default operation of addition, elements may be any addable
+    type including :class:`~decimal.Decimal` or
+    :class:`~fractions.Fraction`.) If the input iterable is empty, the
+    output iterable will also be empty.
 
     Equivalent to::
 
@@ -99,7 +104,10 @@ loops that truncate the stream.
             # accumulate([1,2,3,4,5]) --> 1 3 6 10 15
             # accumulate([1,2,3,4,5], operator.mul) --> 1 2 6 24 120
             it = iter(iterable)
-            total = next(it)
+            try:
+                total = next(it)
+            except StopIteration:
+                return
             yield total
             for element in it:
                 total = func(total, element)
@@ -400,7 +408,10 @@ loops that truncate the stream.
           def _grouper(self, tgtkey):
               while self.currkey == tgtkey:
                   yield self.currvalue
-                  self.currvalue = next(self.it)    # Exit on StopIteration
+                  try:
+                      self.currvalue = next(self.it)
+                  except StopIteration:
+                      return
                   self.currkey = self.keyfunc(self.currvalue)
 
 
@@ -424,7 +435,10 @@ loops that truncate the stream.
           # islice('ABCDEFG', 0, None, 2) --> A C E G
           s = slice(*args)
           it = iter(range(s.start or 0, s.stop or sys.maxsize, s.step or 1))
-          nexti = next(it)
+          try:
+              nexti = next(it)
+          except StopIteration:
+              return
           for i, element in enumerate(iterable):
               if i == nexti:
                   yield element
@@ -582,7 +596,10 @@ loops that truncate the stream.
             def gen(mydeque):
                 while True:
                     if not mydeque:             # when the local deque is empty
-                        newval = next(it)       # fetch a new value and
+                        try:
+                            newval = next(it)   # fetch a new value and
+                        except StopIteration:
+                            return
                         for d in deques:        # load it to all the deques
                             d.append(newval)
                     yield mydeque.popleft()
@@ -657,6 +674,11 @@ which incur interpreter overhead.
        "Return function(0), function(1), ..."
        return map(function, count(start))
 
+   def tail(n, iterable):
+       "Return an iterator over the last n items"
+       # tail(3, 'ABCDEFG') --> E F G
+       return iter(collections.deque(iterable, maxlen=n))
+
    def consume(iterator, n):
        "Advance the iterator n-steps ahead. If n is none, consume entirely."
        # Use functions that consume iterators at C speed.
diff --git a/Doc/library/json.rst b/Doc/library/json.rst
index 6f5f8b1..49bb090 100644
--- a/Doc/library/json.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/json.rst
@@ -106,6 +106,8 @@ Using json.tool from the shell to validate and pretty-print::
     $ echo '{1.2:3.4}' | python -m json.tool
     Expecting property name enclosed in double quotes: line 1 column 2 (char 1)
 
+See :ref:`json-commandline` for detailed documentation.
+
 .. highlight:: python3
 
 .. note::
@@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ Basic Usage
    will be passed to the constructor of the class.
 
    If the data being deserialized is not a valid JSON document, a
-   :exc:`ValueError` will be raised.
+   :exc:`JSONDecodeError` will be raised.
 
 .. function:: loads(s, encoding=None, cls=None, object_hook=None, parse_float=None, parse_int=None, parse_constant=None, object_pairs_hook=None, **kw)
 
@@ -259,7 +261,7 @@ Basic Usage
    *encoding* which is ignored and deprecated.
 
    If the data being deserialized is not a valid JSON document, a
-   :exc:`ValueError` will be raised.
+   :exc:`JSONDecodeError` will be raised.
 
 Encoders and Decoders
 ---------------------
@@ -332,13 +334,16 @@ Encoders and Decoders
    ``'\n'``, ``'\r'`` and ``'\0'``.
 
    If the data being deserialized is not a valid JSON document, a
-   :exc:`ValueError` will be raised.
+   :exc:`JSONDecodeError` will be raised.
 
    .. method:: decode(s)
 
       Return the Python representation of *s* (a :class:`str` instance
       containing a JSON document)
 
+      :exc:`JSONDecodeError` will be raised if the given JSON document is not
+      valid.
+
    .. method:: raw_decode(s)
 
       Decode a JSON document from *s* (a :class:`str` beginning with a
@@ -467,6 +472,36 @@ Encoders and Decoders
                 mysocket.write(chunk)
 
 
+Exceptions
+----------
+
+.. exception:: JSONDecodeError(msg, doc, pos, end=None)
+
+    Subclass of :exc:`ValueError` with the following additional attributes:
+
+    .. attribute:: msg
+
+        The unformatted error message.
+
+    .. attribute:: doc
+
+        The JSON document being parsed.
+
+    .. attribute:: pos
+
+        The start index of *doc* where parsing failed.
+
+    .. attribute:: lineno
+
+        The line corresponding to *pos*.
+
+    .. attribute:: colno
+
+        The column corresponding to *pos*.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 Standard Compliance and Interoperability
 ----------------------------------------
 
@@ -588,6 +623,68 @@ when serializing Python :class:`int` values of extremely large magnitude, or
 when serializing instances of "exotic" numerical types such as
 :class:`decimal.Decimal`.
 
+.. highlight:: bash
+.. module:: json.tool
+
+.. _json-commandline:
+
+Command Line Interface
+----------------------
+
+The :mod:`json.tool` module provides a simple command line interface to validate
+and pretty-print JSON objects.
+
+If the optional ``infile`` and ``outfile`` arguments are not
+specified, :attr:`sys.stdin` and :attr:`sys.stdout` will be used respectively::
+
+    $ echo '{"json": "obj"}' | python -m json.tool
+    {
+        "json": "obj"
+    }
+    $ echo '{1.2:3.4}' | python -m json.tool
+    Expecting property name enclosed in double quotes: line 1 column 2 (char 1)
+
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   The output is now in the same order as the input. Use the
+   :option:`--sort-keys` option to sort the output of dictionaries
+   alphabetically by key.
+
+Command line options
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. cmdoption:: infile
+
+   The JSON file to be validated or pretty-printed::
+
+      $ python -m json.tool mp_films.json
+      [
+          {
+              "title": "And Now for Something Completely Different",
+              "year": 1971
+          },
+          {
+              "title": "Monty Python and the Holy Grail",
+              "year": 1975
+          }
+      ]
+
+   If *infile* is not specified, read from :attr:`sys.stdin`.
+
+.. cmdoption:: outfile
+
+   Write the output of the *infile* to the given *outfile*. Otherwise, write it
+   to :attr:`sys.stdout`.
+
+.. cmdoption:: --sort-keys
+
+   Sort the output of dictionaries alphabetically by key.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+.. cmdoption:: -h, --help
+
+   Show the help message.
+
 
 .. rubric:: Footnotes
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/linecache.rst b/Doc/library/linecache.rst
index e9ec801..2d2a33f 100644
--- a/Doc/library/linecache.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/linecache.rst
@@ -47,6 +47,14 @@ The :mod:`linecache` module defines the following functions:
    changed on disk, and you require the updated version.  If *filename* is omitted,
    it will check all the entries in the cache.
 
+.. function:: lazycache(filename, module_globals)
+
+   Capture enough detail about a non-file based module to permit getting its
+   lines later via :func:`getline` even if *module_globals* is None in the later
+   call. This avoids doing I/O until a line is actually needed, without having
+   to carry the module globals around indefinitely.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
 
 Example::
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/locale.rst b/Doc/library/locale.rst
index 9600193..bc7f5f9 100644
--- a/Doc/library/locale.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/locale.rst
@@ -387,6 +387,14 @@ The :mod:`locale` module defines the following exception and functions:
    ``str(float)``, but takes the decimal point into account.
 
 
+.. function:: delocalize(string)
+
+    Converts a string into a normalized number string, following the
+    :const:`LC_NUMERIC` settings.
+
+    .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. function:: atof(string)
 
    Converts a string to a floating point number, following the :const:`LC_NUMERIC`
diff --git a/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst b/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst
index 63aba1e..67403a9 100644
--- a/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ sends logging output to a network socket. The base class uses a TCP socket.
    .. method:: createSocket()
 
       Tries to create a socket; on failure, uses an exponential back-off
-      algorithm.  On intial failure, the handler will drop the message it was
+      algorithm.  On initial failure, the handler will drop the message it was
       trying to send.  When subsequent messages are handled by the same
       instance, it will not try connecting until some time has passed.  The
       default parameters are such that the initial delay is one second, and if
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ supports sending logging messages to a Web server, using either ``GET`` or
    credentials, you should also specify secure=True so that your userid and
    password are not passed in cleartext across the wire.
 
-   .. versionchanged:: 3.4.3
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
       The *context* parameter was added.
 
    .. method:: mapLogRecord(record)
@@ -953,13 +953,20 @@ applications where threads servicing clients need to respond as quickly as
 possible, while any potentially slow operations (such as sending an email via
 :class:`SMTPHandler`) are done on a separate thread.
 
-.. class:: QueueListener(queue, *handlers)
+.. class:: QueueListener(queue, *handlers, respect_handler_level=False)
 
    Returns a new instance of the :class:`QueueListener` class. The instance is
    initialized with the queue to send messages to and a list of handlers which
    will handle entries placed on the queue. The queue can be any queue-
    like object; it's passed as-is to the :meth:`dequeue` method, which needs
-   to know how to get messages from it.
+   to know how to get messages from it. If ``respect_handler_level`` is ``True``,
+   a handler's level is respected (compared with the level for the message) when
+   deciding whether to pass messages to that handler; otherwise, the behaviour
+   is as in previous Python versions - to always pass each message to each
+   handler.
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The ``respect_handler_levels`` argument was added.
 
    .. method:: dequeue(block)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/logging.rst b/Doc/library/logging.rst
index 96861a7..7915c27 100644
--- a/Doc/library/logging.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/logging.rst
@@ -159,11 +159,13 @@ is the module's name in the Python package namespace.
    *msg* using the string formatting operator. (Note that this means that you can
    use keywords in the format string, together with a single dictionary argument.)
 
-   There are three keyword arguments in *kwargs* which are inspected: *exc_info*
-   which, if it does not evaluate as false, causes exception information to be
+   There are three keyword arguments in *kwargs* which are inspected:
+   *exc_info*, *stack_info*, and *extra*.
+
+   If *exc_info* does not evaluate as false, it causes exception information to be
    added to the logging message. If an exception tuple (in the format returned by
-   :func:`sys.exc_info`) is provided, it is used; otherwise, :func:`sys.exc_info`
-   is called to get the exception information.
+   :func:`sys.exc_info`) or an exception instance is provided, it is used;
+   otherwise, :func:`sys.exc_info` is called to get the exception information.
 
    The second optional keyword argument is *stack_info*, which defaults to
    ``False``. If true, stack information is added to the logging
@@ -220,6 +222,9 @@ is the module's name in the Python package namespace.
    .. versionadded:: 3.2
       The *stack_info* parameter was added.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The *exc_info* parameter can now accept exception instances.
+
 
 .. method:: Logger.info(msg, *args, **kwargs)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/lzma.rst b/Doc/library/lzma.rst
index b71051d..99f07dc 100644
--- a/Doc/library/lzma.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/lzma.rst
@@ -221,13 +221,32 @@ Compressing and decompressing data in memory
       decompress a multi-stream input with :class:`LZMADecompressor`, you must
       create a new decompressor for each stream.
 
-   .. method:: decompress(data)
+   .. method:: decompress(data, max_length=-1)
 
-      Decompress *data* (a :class:`bytes` object), returning a :class:`bytes`
-      object containing the decompressed data for at least part of the input.
-      Some of *data* may be buffered internally, for use in later calls to
-      :meth:`decompress`. The returned data should be concatenated with the
-      output of any previous calls to :meth:`decompress`.
+      Decompress *data* (a :term:`bytes-like object`), returning
+      uncompressed data as bytes. Some of *data* may be buffered
+      internally, for use in later calls to :meth:`decompress`. The
+      returned data should be concatenated with the output of any
+      previous calls to :meth:`decompress`.
+
+      If *max_length* is nonnegative, returns at most *max_length*
+      bytes of decompressed data. If this limit is reached and further
+      output can be produced, the :attr:`~.needs_input` attribute will
+      be set to ``False``. In this case, the next call to
+      :meth:`~.decompress` may provide *data* as ``b''`` to obtain
+      more of the output.
+
+      If all of the input data was decompressed and returned (either
+      because this was less than *max_length* bytes, or because
+      *max_length* was negative), the :attr:`~.needs_input` attribute
+      will be set to ``True``.
+
+      Attempting to decompress data after the end of stream is reached
+      raises an `EOFError`.  Any data found after the end of the
+      stream is ignored and saved in the :attr:`~.unused_data` attribute.
+
+      .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+         Added the *max_length* parameter.
 
    .. attribute:: check
 
@@ -245,6 +264,12 @@ Compressing and decompressing data in memory
 
       Before the end of the stream is reached, this will be ``b""``.
 
+   .. attribute:: needs_input
+
+      ``False`` if the :meth:`.decompress` method can provide more
+      decompressed data before requiring new uncompressed input.
+
+      .. versionadded:: 3.5
 
 .. function:: compress(data, format=FORMAT_XZ, check=-1, preset=None, filters=None)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/math.rst b/Doc/library/math.rst
index 3c41672..eda0056 100644
--- a/Doc/library/math.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/math.rst
@@ -383,6 +383,22 @@ Constants
    The mathematical constant e = 2.718281..., to available precision.
 
 
+.. data:: inf
+
+   A floating-point positive infinity.  (For negative infinity, use
+   ``-math.inf``.)  Equivalent to the output of ``float('inf')``.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
+.. data:: nan
+
+   A floating-point "not a number" (NaN) value.  Equivalent to the output of
+   ``float('nan')``.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. impl-detail::
 
    The :mod:`math` module consists mostly of thin wrappers around the platform C
diff --git a/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst b/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst
index cbec330..581531d 100644
--- a/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst
@@ -1344,6 +1344,9 @@ processes.
    Note that accessing the ctypes object through the wrapper can be a lot slower
    than accessing the raw ctypes object.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Synchronized objects support the :term:`context manager` protocol.
+
 
 The table below compares the syntax for creating shared ctypes objects from
 shared memory with the normal ctypes syntax.  (In the table ``MyStruct`` is some
diff --git a/Doc/library/operator.rst b/Doc/library/operator.rst
index f9e2a3d..c01e63b 100644
--- a/Doc/library/operator.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/operator.rst
@@ -138,6 +138,14 @@ The mathematical and bitwise operations are the most numerous:
    Return ``a * b``, for *a* and *b* numbers.
 
 
+.. function:: matmul(a, b)
+              __matmul__(a, b)
+
+   Return ``a @ b``.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. function:: neg(obj)
               __neg__(obj)
 
@@ -391,6 +399,8 @@ Python syntax and the functions in the :mod:`operator` module.
 +-----------------------+-------------------------+---------------------------------------+
 | Multiplication        | ``a * b``               | ``mul(a, b)``                         |
 +-----------------------+-------------------------+---------------------------------------+
+| Matrix Multiplication | ``a @ b``               | ``matmul(a, b)``                      |
++-----------------------+-------------------------+---------------------------------------+
 | Negation (Arithmetic) | ``- a``                 | ``neg(a)``                            |
 +-----------------------+-------------------------+---------------------------------------+
 | Negation (Logical)    | ``not a``               | ``not_(a)``                           |
@@ -499,6 +509,14 @@ will perform the update, so no subsequent assignment is necessary:
    ``a = imul(a, b)`` is equivalent to ``a *= b``.
 
 
+.. function:: imatmul(a, b)
+              __imatmul__(a, b)
+
+   ``a = imatmul(a, b)`` is equivalent to ``a @= b``.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. function:: ior(a, b)
               __ior__(a, b)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/os.rst b/Doc/library/os.rst
index 41efccd..7a0bd87 100644
--- a/Doc/library/os.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/os.rst
@@ -78,9 +78,10 @@ uses the file system encoding to perform this conversion (see
 
 .. versionchanged:: 3.1
    On some systems, conversion using the file system encoding may fail. In this
-   case, Python uses the ``surrogateescape`` encoding error handler, which means
-   that undecodable bytes are replaced by a Unicode character U+DCxx on
-   decoding, and these are again translated to the original byte on encoding.
+   case, Python uses the :ref:`surrogateescape encoding error handler
+   <surrogateescape>`, which means that undecodable bytes are replaced by a
+   Unicode character U+DCxx on decoding, and these are again translated to the
+   original byte on encoding.
 
 
 The file system encoding must guarantee to successfully decode all bytes
@@ -807,6 +808,17 @@ as internal buffering of data.
    Availability: Unix.
 
 
+.. function:: get_blocking(fd)
+
+   Get the blocking mode of the file descriptor: ``False`` if the
+   :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag is set, ``True`` if the flag is cleared.
+
+   See also :func:`set_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
+
+   Availability: Unix.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. function:: isatty(fd)
 
    Return ``True`` if the file descriptor *fd* is open and connected to a
@@ -1107,6 +1119,18 @@ or `the MSDN <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Window
    .. versionadded:: 3.3
 
 
+.. function:: set_blocking(fd, blocking)
+
+   Set the blocking mode of the specified file descriptor. Set the
+   :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag if blocking is ``False``, clear the flag otherwise.
+
+   See also :func:`get_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
+
+   Availability: Unix.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. data:: SF_NODISKIO
           SF_MNOWAIT
           SF_SYNC
@@ -1577,6 +1601,11 @@ features:
 
    Availability: Unix, Windows.
 
+   .. seealso::
+
+      The :func:`scandir` function returns the directory entries with more
+      information than just the name.
+
    .. versionchanged:: 3.2
       The *path* parameter became optional.
 
@@ -1869,6 +1898,178 @@ features:
       The *dir_fd* parameter.
 
 
+.. function:: scandir(path='.')
+
+   Return an iterator of :class:`DirEntry` objects corresponding to the entries
+   in the directory given by *path*. The entries are yielded in arbitrary
+   order, and the special entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` are not included.
+
+   On Windows, *path* must of type :class:`str`. On POSIX, *path* can be of
+   type :class:`str` or :class:`bytes`.  If *path* is of type :class:`bytes`,
+   the :attr:`~DirEntry.name` and :attr:`~DirEntry.path` attributes of
+   :class:`DirEntry` are also of type ``bytes``. Use :func:`~os.fsencode` and
+   :func:`~os.fsdecode` to encode and decode paths.
+
+   The :func:`scandir` function is recommended, instead of :func:`listdir`,
+   when the file type of entries is used. In most cases, the file type of a
+   :class:`DirEntry` is retrieved directly by :func:`scandir`, no system call
+   is required. If only the name of entries is used, :func:`listdir` can
+   be more efficient than :func:`scandir`.
+
+   The following example shows a simple use of :func:`scandir` to display all
+   the files excluding directories in the given *path* that don't start with
+   ``'.'``::
+
+      for entry in os.scandir(path):
+         if not entry.name.startswith('.') and entry.is_file():
+             print(entry.name)
+
+   .. note::
+
+      On Unix-based systems, :func:`scandir` uses the system's
+      `opendir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/opendir.html>`_
+      and
+      `readdir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/readdir_r.html>`_
+      functions. On Windows, it uses the Win32
+      `FindFirstFileW <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364418(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
+      and
+      `FindNextFileW <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364428(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
+      functions.
+
+   .. seealso::
+
+      The :func:`listdir` function returns the names of the directory entries.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
+.. class:: DirEntry
+
+   Object yielded by :func:`scandir` to expose the file path and other file
+   attributes of a directory entry.
+
+   :func:`scandir` will provide as much of this information as possible without
+   making additional system calls. When a ``stat()`` or ``lstat()`` system call
+   is made, the ``DirEntry`` object cache the result .
+
+   ``DirEntry`` instances are not intended to be stored in long-lived data
+   structures; if you know the file metadata has changed or if a long time has
+   elapsed since calling :func:`scandir`, call ``os.stat(entry.path)`` to fetch
+   up-to-date information.
+
+   Because the ``DirEntry`` methods can make operating system calls, they may
+   also raise :exc:`OSError`. For example, if a file is deleted between calling
+   :func:`scandir` and calling :func:`DirEntry.stat`, a
+   :exc:`FileNotFoundError` exception can be raised. Unfortunately, the
+   behaviour on errors depends on the platform. If you need very fine-grained
+   control over errors, you can catch :exc:`OSError` when calling one of the
+   ``DirEntry`` methods and handle as appropriate.
+
+   Attributes and methods on a ``DirEntry`` instance are as follows:
+
+   .. attribute:: name
+
+      The entry's base filename, relative to the :func:`scandir` *path*
+      argument.
+
+      The :attr:`name` type is :class:`str`. On POSIX, it can be of type
+      :class:`bytes` if the type of the :func:`scandir` *path* argument is also
+      :class:`bytes`. Use :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode the name.
+
+   .. attribute:: path
+
+      The entry's full path name: equivalent to ``os.path.join(scandir_path,
+      entry.name)`` where *scandir_path* is the :func:`scandir` *path*
+      argument.  The path is only absolute if the :func:`scandir` *path*
+      argument is absolute.
+
+      The :attr:`name` type is :class:`str`. On POSIX, it can be of type
+      :class:`bytes` if the type of the :func:`scandir` *path* argument is also
+      :class:`bytes`. Use :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode the path.
+
+   .. method:: inode()
+
+      Return the inode number of the entry.
+
+      The result is cached in the object, use ``os.stat(entry.path,
+      follow_symlinks=False).st_ino`` to fetch up-to-date information.
+
+      On POSIX, no system call is required.
+
+   .. method:: is_dir(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
+
+      If *follow_symlinks* is ``True`` (the default), return ``True`` if the
+      entry is a directory or a symbolic link pointing to a directory,
+      return ``False`` if it points to another kind of file, if it doesn't
+      exist anymore or if it is a broken symbolic link.
+
+      If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
+      is a directory, return ``False`` if it points to a symbolic link or
+      another kind of file, if the entry doesn't exist anymore or if it is a
+      broken symbolic link
+
+      The result is cached in the object. Call :func:`stat.S_ISDIR` with
+      :func:`os.stat` to fetch up-to-date information.
+
+      The method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
+      but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is catched.
+
+      In most cases, no system call is required.
+
+   .. method:: is_file(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
+
+      If *follow_symlinks* is ``True`` (the default), return ``True`` if the
+      entry is a regular file or a symbolic link pointing to a regular file,
+      return ``False`` if it points to another kind of file, if it doesn't
+      exist anymore or if it is a broken symbolic link.
+
+      If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
+      is a regular file, return ``False`` if it points to a symbolic link or
+      another kind of file, if it doesn't exist anymore or if it is a broken
+      symbolic link.
+
+      The result is cached in the object. Call :func:`stat.S_ISREG` with
+      :func:`os.stat` to fetch up-to-date information.
+
+      The method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
+      but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is catched.
+
+      In most cases, no system call is required.
+
+   .. method:: is_symlink()
+
+      Return ``True`` if this entry is a symbolic link or a broken symbolic
+      link, return ``False`` if it points to a another kind of file or if the
+      entry doesn't exist anymore.
+
+      The result is cached in the object. Call :func:`os.path.islink` to fetch
+      up-to-date information.
+
+      The method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
+      but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is catched.
+
+      In most cases, no system call is required.
+
+   .. method:: stat(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
+
+      Return a :class:`stat_result` object for this entry. This function
+      normally follows symbolic links; to stat a symbolic link add the
+      argument ``follow_symlinks=False``.
+
+      On Windows, the ``st_ino``, ``st_dev`` and ``st_nlink`` attributes of the
+      :class:`stat_result` are always set to zero. Call :func:`os.stat` to
+      get these attributes.
+
+      The result is cached in the object. Call :func:`os.stat` to fetch
+      up-to-date information.
+
+      On Windows, ``DirEntry.stat(follow_symlinks=False)`` doesn't require a
+      system call. ``DirEntry.stat()`` requires a system call if the entry is a
+      symbolic link.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. function:: stat(path, \*, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
 
    Get the status of a file or a file descriptor. Perform the equivalent of a
@@ -2044,6 +2245,15 @@ features:
 
       File type.
 
+   On Windows systems, the following attribute is also available:
+
+   .. attribute:: st_file_attributes
+
+      Windows file attributes: ``dwFileAttributes`` member of the
+      ``BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION`` structure returned by
+      :c:func:`GetFileInformationByHandle`. See the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_*``
+      constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
+
    The standard module :mod:`stat` defines functions and constants that are
    useful for extracting information from a :c:type:`stat` structure. (On
    Windows, some items are filled with dummy values.)
@@ -2061,6 +2271,9 @@ features:
       Added the :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and
       :attr:`st_ctime_ns` members.
 
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+      Added the :attr:`st_file_attributes` member on Windows.
+
 
 .. function:: stat_float_times([newvalue])
 
@@ -2406,6 +2619,11 @@ features:
           for name in dirs:
               os.rmdir(os.path.join(root, name))
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The function now calls :func:`os.scandir` instead of :func:`os.listdir`.
+      The usage of :func:`os.scandir` reduces the number of calls to
+      :func:`os.stat`.
+
 
 .. function:: fwalk(top='.', topdown=True, onerror=None, *, follow_symlinks=False, dir_fd=None)
 
@@ -2990,6 +3208,10 @@ written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program.
    doesn't work if it is.  Use the :func:`os.path.normpath` function to ensure that
    the path is properly encoded for Win32.
 
+   To reduce interpreter startup overhead, the Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute`
+   function is not resolved until this function is first called.  If the function
+   cannot be resolved, :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised.
+
    Availability: Windows.
 
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/pathlib.rst b/Doc/library/pathlib.rst
index ec1dc4f..0226ce4 100644
--- a/Doc/library/pathlib.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/pathlib.rst
@@ -628,6 +628,17 @@ call fails (for example because the path doesn't exist):
       PosixPath('/home/antoine/pathlib')
 
 
+.. classmethod:: Path.home()
+
+   Return a new path object representing the user's home directory (as
+   returned by :func:`os.path.expanduser` with ``~`` construct)::
+
+      >>> Path.home()
+      PosixPath('/home/antoine')
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. method:: Path.stat()
 
    Return information about this path (similarly to :func:`os.stat`).
@@ -670,6 +681,18 @@ call fails (for example because the path doesn't exist):
       symlink *points to* an existing file or directory.
 
 
+.. method:: Path.expanduser()
+
+   Return a new path with expanded ``~`` and ``~user`` constructs,
+   as returned by :meth:`os.path.expanduser`::
+
+      >>> p = PosixPath('~/films/Monty Python')
+      >>> p.expanduser()
+      PosixPath('/home/eric/films/Monty Python')
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. method:: Path.glob(pattern)
 
    Glob the given *pattern* in the directory represented by this path,
@@ -791,7 +814,7 @@ call fails (for example because the path doesn't exist):
    the symbolic link's information rather than its target's.
 
 
-.. method:: Path.mkdir(mode=0o777, parents=False)
+.. method:: Path.mkdir(mode=0o777, parents=False, exist_ok=False)
 
    Create a new directory at this given path.  If *mode* is given, it is
    combined with the process' ``umask`` value to determine the file mode
@@ -805,6 +828,16 @@ call fails (for example because the path doesn't exist):
    If *parents* is false (the default), a missing parent raises
    :exc:`FileNotFoundError`.
 
+   If *exist_ok* is false (the default), an :exc:`FileExistsError` is
+   raised if the target directory already exists.
+
+   If *exist_ok* is true, :exc:`FileExistsError` exceptions will be
+   ignored (same behavior as the POSIX ``mkdir -p`` command), but only if the
+   last path component is not an existing non-directory file.
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The *exist_ok* parameter was added.
+
 
 .. method:: Path.open(mode='r', buffering=-1, encoding=None, errors=None, newline=None)
 
@@ -824,6 +857,34 @@ call fails (for example because the path doesn't exist):
    if the file's uid isn't found in the system database.
 
 
+.. method:: Path.read_bytes()
+
+   Return the binary contents of the pointed-to file as a bytes object::
+
+      >>> p = Path('my_binary_file')
+      >>> p.write_bytes(b'Binary file contents')
+      20
+      >>> p.read_bytes()
+      b'Binary file contents'
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
+.. method:: Path.read_text(encoding=None, errors=None)
+
+   Return the decoded contents of the pointed-to file as a string::
+
+      >>> p = Path('my_text_file')
+      >>> p.write_text('Text file contents')
+      18
+      >>> p.read_text()
+      'Text file contents'
+
+   The optional parameters have the same meaning as in :func:`open`.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. method:: Path.rename(target)
 
    Rename this file or directory to the given *target*.  *target* can be
@@ -884,6 +945,25 @@ call fails (for example because the path doesn't exist):
    Remove this directory.  The directory must be empty.
 
 
+.. method:: Path.samefile(other_path)
+
+   Return whether this path points to the same file as *other_path*, which
+   can be either a Path object, or a string.  The semantics are similar
+   to :func:`os.path.samefile` and :func:`os.path.samestat`.
+
+   An :exc:`OSError` can be raised if either file cannot be accessed for some
+   reason.
+
+      >>> p = Path('spam')
+      >>> q = Path('eggs')
+      >>> p.samefile(q)
+      False
+      >>> p.samefile('spam')
+      True
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. method:: Path.symlink_to(target, target_is_directory=False)
 
    Make this path a symbolic link to *target*.  Under Windows,
@@ -917,3 +997,33 @@ call fails (for example because the path doesn't exist):
 
    Remove this file or symbolic link.  If the path points to a directory,
    use :func:`Path.rmdir` instead.
+
+
+.. method:: Path.write_bytes(data)
+
+   Open the file pointed to in bytes mode, write *data* to it, and close the
+   file::
+
+      >>> p = Path('my_binary_file')
+      >>> p.write_bytes(b'Binary file contents')
+      20
+      >>> p.read_bytes()
+      b'Binary file contents'
+
+   An existing file of the same name is overwritten.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
+.. method:: Path.write_text(data, encoding=None, errors=None)
+
+   Open the file pointed to in text mode, write *data* to it, and close the
+   file::
+
+      >>> p = Path('my_text_file')
+      >>> p.write_text('Text file contents')
+      18
+      >>> p.read_text()
+      'Text file contents'
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
diff --git a/Doc/library/pickle.rst b/Doc/library/pickle.rst
index 47356f9..4ce4d34 100644
--- a/Doc/library/pickle.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/pickle.rst
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ For the simplest code, use the :func:`dump` and :func:`load` functions. ::
    data = {
        'a': [1, 2.0, 3, 4+6j],
        'b': ("character string", b"byte string"),
-       'c': set([None, True, False])
+       'c': {None, True, False}
    }
 
    with open('data.pickle', 'wb') as f:
diff --git a/Doc/library/pkgutil.rst b/Doc/library/pkgutil.rst
index 13ea7b9..5d3295d 100644
--- a/Doc/library/pkgutil.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/pkgutil.rst
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ support.
 
    .. deprecated:: 3.3
       This emulation is no longer needed, as the standard import mechanism
-      is now fully PEP 302 compliant and available in :mod:`importlib`
+      is now fully PEP 302 compliant and available in :mod:`importlib`.
 
 
 .. class:: ImpLoader(fullname, file, filename, etc)
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ support.
 
    .. deprecated:: 3.3
       This emulation is no longer needed, as the standard import mechanism
-      is now fully PEP 302 compliant and available in :mod:`importlib`
+      is now fully PEP 302 compliant and available in :mod:`importlib`.
 
 
 .. function:: find_loader(fullname)
diff --git a/Doc/library/plistlib.rst b/Doc/library/plistlib.rst
index 2bef120..4165591 100644
--- a/Doc/library/plistlib.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/plistlib.rst
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ The following functions are deprecated:
    and binary) file object. Returns the unpacked root object (which usually
    is a dictionary).
 
-   This function calls :func:`load` to do the actual work, the the documentation
+   This function calls :func:`load` to do the actual work, see the documentation
    of :func:`that function <load>` for an explanation of the keyword arguments.
 
    .. note::
diff --git a/Doc/library/queue.rst b/Doc/library/queue.rst
index 680d690..1cb0935 100644
--- a/Doc/library/queue.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/queue.rst
@@ -158,22 +158,32 @@ fully processed by daemon consumer threads.
 
 Example of how to wait for enqueued tasks to be completed::
 
-   def worker():
-       while True:
-           item = q.get()
-           do_work(item)
-           q.task_done()
-
-   q = Queue()
-   for i in range(num_worker_threads):
-        t = Thread(target=worker)
-        t.daemon = True
+    def worker():
+        while True:
+            item = q.get()
+            if item is None:
+                break
+            do_work(item)
+            q.task_done()
+
+    q = queue.Queue()
+    threads = []
+    for i in range(num_worker_threads):
+        t = threading.Thread(target=worker)
         t.start()
+        threads.append(t)
 
-   for item in source():
-       q.put(item)
+    for item in source():
+        q.put(item)
 
-   q.join()       # block until all tasks are done
+    # block until all tasks are done
+    q.join()
+
+    # stop workers
+    for i in range(num_worker_threads):
+        q.put(None)
+    for t in threads:
+        t.join()
 
 
 .. seealso::
diff --git a/Doc/library/random.rst b/Doc/library/random.rst
index 11dd367..f8b7727 100644
--- a/Doc/library/random.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/random.rst
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ from sources provided by the operating system.
 .. warning::
 
    The pseudo-random generators of this module should not be used for
-   security purposes.  Use :func:`os.urandom` or :class:`SystemRandom` if
-   you require a cryptographically secure pseudo-random number generator.
+   security purposes.
 
 
 Bookkeeping functions:
diff --git a/Doc/library/re.rst b/Doc/library/re.rst
index c3c8b65..0d305d5 100644
--- a/Doc/library/re.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/re.rst
@@ -281,9 +281,7 @@ The special characters are:
    assertion`. ``(?<=abc)def`` will find a match in ``abcdef``, since the
    lookbehind will back up 3 characters and check if the contained pattern matches.
    The contained pattern must only match strings of some fixed length, meaning that
-   ``abc`` or ``a|b`` are allowed, but ``a*`` and ``a{3,4}`` are not.  Group
-   references are not supported even if they match strings of some fixed length.
-   Note that
+   ``abc`` or ``a|b`` are allowed, but ``a*`` and ``a{3,4}`` are not.  Note that
    patterns which start with positive lookbehind assertions will not match at the
    beginning of the string being searched; you will most likely want to use the
    :func:`search` function rather than the :func:`match` function:
@@ -299,12 +297,14 @@ The special characters are:
       >>> m.group(0)
       'egg'
 
+   .. versionchanged: 3.5
+      Added support for group references of fixed length.
+
 ``(?<!...)``
    Matches if the current position in the string is not preceded by a match for
    ``...``.  This is called a :dfn:`negative lookbehind assertion`.  Similar to
    positive lookbehind assertions, the contained pattern must only match strings of
-   some fixed length and shouldn't contain group references.
-   Patterns which start with negative lookbehind assertions may
+   some fixed length.  Patterns which start with negative lookbehind assertions may
    match at the beginning of the string being searched.
 
 ``(?(id/name)yes-pattern|no-pattern)``
@@ -524,7 +524,11 @@ form.
    current locale. The use of this flag is discouraged as the locale mechanism
    is very unreliable, and it only handles one "culture" at a time anyway;
    you should use Unicode matching instead, which is the default in Python 3
-   for Unicode (str) patterns.
+   for Unicode (str) patterns. This flag makes sense only with bytes patterns.
+
+   .. deprecated-removed:: 3.5 3.6
+      Deprecated the use of  :const:`re.LOCALE` with string patterns or
+      :const:`re.ASCII`.
 
 
 .. data:: M
@@ -625,17 +629,37 @@ form.
    That way, separator components are always found at the same relative
    indices within the result list.
 
-   Note that *split* will never split a string on an empty pattern match.
-   For example:
+   .. note::
+
+      :func:`split` doesn't currently split a string on an empty pattern match.
+      For example:
 
-      >>> re.split('x*', 'foo')
-      ['foo']
-      >>> re.split("(?m)^$", "foo\n\nbar\n")
-      ['foo\n\nbar\n']
+         >>> re.split('x*', 'axbc')
+         ['a', 'bc']
+
+      Even though ``'x*'`` also matches 0 'x' before 'a', between 'b' and 'c',
+      and after 'c', currently these matches are ignored.  The correct behavior
+      (i.e. splitting on empty matches too and returning ``['', 'a', 'b', 'c',
+      '']``) will be implemented in future versions of Python, but since this
+      is a backward incompatible change, a :exc:`FutureWarning` will be raised
+      in the meanwhile.
+
+      Patterns that can only match empty strings currently never split the
+      string.  Since this doesn't match the expected behavior, a
+      :exc:`ValueError` will be raised starting from Python 3.5::
+
+         >>> re.split("^$", "foo\n\nbar\n", flags=re.M)
+         Traceback (most recent call last):
+           File "<stdin>", line 1, in <module>
+           ...
+         ValueError: split() requires a non-empty pattern match.
 
    .. versionchanged:: 3.1
       Added the optional flags argument.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Splitting on a pattern that could match an empty string now raises
+      a warning.  Patterns that can only match empty strings are now rejected.
 
 .. function:: findall(pattern, string, flags=0)
 
@@ -705,6 +729,9 @@ form.
    .. versionchanged:: 3.1
       Added the optional flags argument.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Unmatched groups are replaced with an empty string.
+
 
 .. function:: subn(pattern, repl, string, count=0, flags=0)
 
@@ -714,6 +741,9 @@ form.
    .. versionchanged:: 3.1
       Added the optional flags argument.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Unmatched groups are replaced with an empty string.
+
 
 .. function:: escape(string)
 
@@ -730,13 +760,36 @@ form.
    Clear the regular expression cache.
 
 
-.. exception:: error
+.. exception:: error(msg, pattern=None, pos=None)
 
    Exception raised when a string passed to one of the functions here is not a
    valid regular expression (for example, it might contain unmatched parentheses)
    or when some other error occurs during compilation or matching.  It is never an
-   error if a string contains no match for a pattern.
+   error if a string contains no match for a pattern.  The error instance has
+   the following additional attributes:
+
+   .. attribute:: msg
+
+      The unformatted error message.
+
+   .. attribute:: pattern
+
+      The regular expression pattern.
+
+   .. attribute:: pos
+
+      The index of *pattern* where compilation failed.
+
+   .. attribute:: lineno
+
+      The line corresponding to *pos*.
+
+   .. attribute:: colno
+
+      The column corresponding to *pos*.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added additional attributes.
 
 .. _re-objects:
 
@@ -889,6 +942,8 @@ Match objects support the following methods and attributes:
    (``\g<1>``, ``\g<name>``) are replaced by the contents of the
    corresponding group.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Unmatched groups are replaced with an empty string.
 
 .. method:: match.group([group1, ...])
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/readline.rst b/Doc/library/readline.rst
index 692310b..3864f0d 100644
--- a/Doc/library/readline.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/readline.rst
@@ -59,6 +59,14 @@ The :mod:`readline` module defines the following functions:
    Save a readline history file. The default filename is :file:`~/.history`.
 
 
+.. function:: append_history_file(nelements[, filename])
+
+   Append the last *nelements* of history to a file.  The default filename is
+   :file:`~/.history`.  The file must already exist.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. function:: clear_history()
 
    Clear the current history.  (Note: this function is not available if the
@@ -209,6 +217,26 @@ from the user's :envvar:`PYTHONSTARTUP` file. ::
 This code is actually automatically run when Python is run in
 :ref:`interactive mode <tut-interactive>` (see :ref:`rlcompleter-config`).
 
+The following example achieves the same goal but supports concurrent interactive
+sessions, by only appending the new history. ::
+
+   import atexit
+   import os
+   import realine
+   histfile = os.path.join(os.path.expanduser("~"), ".python_history")
+
+   try:
+       readline.read_history_file(histfile)
+       h_len = readline.get_history_length()
+   except FileNotFoundError:
+       open(histfile, 'wb').close()
+       h_len = 0
+
+   def save(prev_h_len, histfile):
+       new_h_len = readline.get_history_length()
+       readline.append_history_file(new_h_len - prev_h_len, histfile)
+   atexit.register(save, h_len, histfile)
+
 The following example extends the :class:`code.InteractiveConsole` class to
 support history save/restore. ::
 
@@ -234,4 +262,3 @@ support history save/restore. ::
 
        def save_history(self, histfile):
            readline.write_history_file(histfile)
-
diff --git a/Doc/library/resource.rst b/Doc/library/resource.rst
index f8112cc..7c0e4ca 100644
--- a/Doc/library/resource.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/resource.rst
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ this module for those platforms.
 
 .. data:: RLIM_INFINITY
 
-   Constant used to represent the the limit for an unlimited resource.
+   Constant used to represent the limit for an unlimited resource.
 
 
 .. function:: getrlimit(resource)
diff --git a/Doc/library/select.rst b/Doc/library/select.rst
index 734e426..5334af8 100644
--- a/Doc/library/select.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/select.rst
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ object.
    .. warning::
 
       Registering a file descriptor that's already registered is not an
-      error, but the result is undefined. The appropiate action is to
+      error, but the result is undefined. The appropriate action is to
       unregister or modify it first. This is an important difference
       compared with :c:func:`poll`.
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/selectors.rst b/Doc/library/selectors.rst
index 98377c8..8bd9e1c 100644
--- a/Doc/library/selectors.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/selectors.rst
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ Classes hierarchy::
    +-- SelectSelector
    +-- PollSelector
    +-- EpollSelector
+   +-- DevpollSelector
    +-- KqueueSelector
 
 
@@ -207,6 +208,16 @@ below:
       This returns the file descriptor used by the underlying
       :func:`select.epoll` object.
 
+.. class:: DevpollSelector()
+
+   :func:`select.devpoll`-based selector.
+
+   .. method:: fileno()
+
+      This returns the file descriptor used by the underlying
+      :func:`select.devpoll` object.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
 
 .. class:: KqueueSelector()
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/shutil.rst b/Doc/library/shutil.rst
index d96fd71..82974ad 100644
--- a/Doc/library/shutil.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/shutil.rst
@@ -191,7 +191,8 @@ Directory and files operations
    match one of the glob-style *patterns* provided.  See the example below.
 
 
-.. function:: copytree(src, dst, symlinks=False, ignore=None, copy_function=copy2, ignore_dangling_symlinks=False)
+.. function:: copytree(src, dst, symlinks=False, ignore=None, \
+              copy_function=copy2, ignore_dangling_symlinks=False)
 
    Recursively copy an entire directory tree rooted at *src*, returning the
    destination directory.  The destination
@@ -282,7 +283,7 @@ Directory and files operations
       .. versionadded:: 3.3
 
 
-.. function:: move(src, dst)
+.. function:: move(src, dst, copy_function=copy2)
 
    Recursively move a file or directory (*src*) to another location (*dst*)
    and return the destination.
@@ -295,15 +296,26 @@ Directory and files operations
    :func:`os.rename` semantics.
 
    If the destination is on the current filesystem, then :func:`os.rename` is
-   used.  Otherwise, *src* is copied (using :func:`shutil.copy2`) to *dst* and
-   then removed. In case of symlinks, a new symlink pointing to the target of
-   *src* will be created in or as *dst* and *src* will be removed.
+   used. Otherwise, *src* is copied to *dst* using *copy_function* and then
+   removed.  In case of symlinks, a new symlink pointing to the target of *src*
+   will be created in or as *dst* and *src* will be removed.
+
+   If *copy_function* is given, it must be a callable that takes two arguments
+   *src* and *dst*, and will be used to copy *src* to *dest* if
+   :func:`os.rename` cannot be used.  If the source is a directory,
+   :func:`copytree` is called, passing it the :func:`copy_function`. The
+   default *copy_function* is :func:`copy2`.  Using :func:`copy` as the
+   *copy_function* allows the move to succeed when it is not possible to also
+   copy the metadata, at the expense of not copying any of the metadata.
 
    .. versionchanged:: 3.3
       Added explicit symlink handling for foreign filesystems, thus adapting
       it to the behavior of GNU's :program:`mv`.
       Now returns *dst*.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added the *copy_function* keyword argument.
+
 .. function:: disk_usage(path)
 
    Return disk usage statistics about the given path as a :term:`named tuple`
@@ -341,7 +353,7 @@ Directory and files operations
 
    On Windows, the current directory is always prepended to the *path* whether
    or not you use the default or provide your own, which is the behavior the
-   command shell uses when finding executables.  Additionaly, when finding the
+   command shell uses when finding executables.  Additionally, when finding the
    *cmd* in the *path*, the ``PATHEXT`` environment variable is checked.  For
    example, if you call ``shutil.which("python")``, :func:`which` will search
    ``PATHEXT`` to know that it should look for ``python.exe`` within the *path*
@@ -421,6 +433,26 @@ Another example that uses the *ignore* argument to add a logging call::
    copytree(source, destination, ignore=_logpath)
 
 
+.. _shutil-rmtree-example:
+
+rmtree example
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This example shows how to remove a directory tree on Windows where some
+of the files have their read-only bit set. It uses the onerror callback
+to clear the readonly bit and reattempt the remove. Any subsequent failure
+will propagate. ::
+
+    import os, stat
+    import shutil
+
+    def remove_readonly(func, path, _):
+        "Clear the readonly bit and reattempt the removal"
+        os.chmod(path, stat.S_IWRITE)
+        func(path)
+
+    shutil.rmtree(directory, onerror=remove_readonly)
+
 .. _archiving-operations:
 
 Archiving operations
@@ -437,7 +469,8 @@ provided.  They rely on the :mod:`zipfile` and :mod:`tarfile` modules.
 
    *base_name* is the name of the file to create, including the path, minus
    any format-specific extension. *format* is the archive format: one of
-   "zip", "tar", "bztar" (if the :mod:`bz2` module is available) or "gztar".
+   "zip", "tar", "bztar" (if the :mod:`bz2` module is available), "xztar"
+   (if the :mod:`lzma` module is available) or "gztar".
 
    *root_dir* is a directory that will be the root directory of the
    archive; for example, we typically chdir into *root_dir* before creating the
@@ -460,6 +493,9 @@ provided.  They rely on the :mod:`zipfile` and :mod:`tarfile` modules.
 
    The *verbose* argument is unused and deprecated.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added support for the *xztar* format.
+
 
 .. function:: get_archive_formats()
 
@@ -470,6 +506,7 @@ provided.  They rely on the :mod:`zipfile` and :mod:`tarfile` modules.
 
    - *gztar*: gzip'ed tar-file
    - *bztar*: bzip2'ed tar-file (if the :mod:`bz2` module is available.)
+   - *xztar*: xz'ed tar-file (if the :mod:`lzma` module is available.)
    - *tar*: uncompressed tar file
    - *zip*: ZIP file
 
@@ -545,6 +582,7 @@ provided.  They rely on the :mod:`zipfile` and :mod:`tarfile` modules.
 
    - *gztar*: gzip'ed tar-file
    - *bztar*: bzip2'ed tar-file (if the :mod:`bz2` module is available.)
+   - *xztar*: xz'ed tar-file (if the :mod:`lzma` module is available.)
    - *tar*: uncompressed tar file
    - *zip*: ZIP file
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/signal.rst b/Doc/library/signal.rst
index 84e2836..ed616b2 100644
--- a/Doc/library/signal.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/signal.rst
@@ -65,6 +65,16 @@ Besides, only the main thread is allowed to set a new signal handler.
 Module contents
 ---------------
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   signal (SIG*), handler (:const:`SIG_DFL`, :const:`SIG_IGN`) and sigmask
+   (:const:`SIG_BLOCK`, :const:`SIG_UNBLOCK`, :const:`SIG_SETMASK`)
+   related constants listed below were turned into
+   :class:`enums <enum.IntEnum>`.
+   :func:`getsignal`, :func:`pthread_sigmask`, :func:`sigpending` and
+   :func:`sigwait` functions return human-readable
+   :class:`enums <enum.IntEnum>`.
+
+
 The variables defined in the :mod:`signal` module are:
 
 
@@ -308,6 +318,9 @@ The :mod:`signal` module defines the following functions:
    attempting to call it from other threads will cause a :exc:`ValueError`
    exception to be raised.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      On Windows, the function now also supports socket handles.
+
 
 .. function:: siginterrupt(signalnum, flag)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/site.rst b/Doc/library/site.rst
index e57b8cc..43daf79 100644
--- a/Doc/library/site.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/site.rst
@@ -26,24 +26,23 @@ additions, call the :func:`site.main` function.
    :option:`-S`.
 
 .. index::
-   pair: site-python; directory
    pair: site-packages; directory
 
 It starts by constructing up to four directories from a head and a tail part.
 For the head part, it uses ``sys.prefix`` and ``sys.exec_prefix``; empty heads
 are skipped.  For the tail part, it uses the empty string and then
 :file:`lib/site-packages` (on Windows) or
-:file:`lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` and then :file:`lib/site-python` (on
-Unix and Macintosh).  For each of the distinct head-tail combinations, it sees
-if it refers to an existing directory, and if so, adds it to ``sys.path`` and
-also inspects the newly added path for configuration files.
+:file:`lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` (on Unix and Macintosh).  For each
+of the distinct head-tail combinations, it sees if it refers to an existing
+directory, and if so, adds it to ``sys.path`` and also inspects the newly
+added path for configuration files.
 
-.. deprecated:: 3.4
-   Support for the "site-python" directory will be removed in 3.5.
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   Support for the "site-python" directory has been removed.
 
 If a file named "pyvenv.cfg" exists one directory above sys.executable,
 sys.prefix and sys.exec_prefix are set to that directory and
-it is also checked for site-packages and site-python (sys.base_prefix and
+it is also checked for site-packages (sys.base_prefix and
 sys.base_exec_prefix will always be the "real" prefixes of the Python
 installation). If "pyvenv.cfg" (a bootstrap configuration file) contains
 the key "include-system-site-packages" set to anything other than "false"
@@ -184,7 +183,7 @@ Module contents
    unless the Python interpreter was started with the :option:`-S` flag.
 
    .. versionchanged:: 3.3
-      This function used to be called unconditionnally.
+      This function used to be called unconditionally.
 
 
 .. function:: addsitedir(sitedir, known_paths=None)
@@ -195,8 +194,7 @@ Module contents
 
 .. function:: getsitepackages()
 
-   Return a list containing all global site-packages directories (and possibly
-   site-python).
+   Return a list containing all global site-packages directories.
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.2
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/smtpd.rst b/Doc/library/smtpd.rst
index 3ebed06..3e0c6fb 100644
--- a/Doc/library/smtpd.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/smtpd.rst
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ specific mail-sending strategies.
 Additionally the SMTPChannel may be extended to implement very specific
 interaction behaviour with SMTP clients.
 
-The code supports :RFC:`5321`, plus the :rfc:`1870` SIZE extension.
+The code supports :RFC:`5321`, plus the :rfc:`1870` SIZE and :rfc:`6531`
+SMTPUTF8 extensions.
 
 
 SMTPServer Objects
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ SMTPServer Objects
 
 
 .. class:: SMTPServer(localaddr, remoteaddr, data_size_limit=33554432,\
-                      map=None)
+                      map=None, enable_SMTPUTF8=False, decode_data=True)
 
    Create a new :class:`SMTPServer` object, which binds to local address
    *localaddr*.  It will treat *remoteaddr* as an upstream SMTP relayer.  It
@@ -39,18 +40,47 @@ SMTPServer Objects
    accepted in a ``DATA`` command.  A value of ``None`` or ``0`` means no
    limit.
 
+   *enable_SMTPUTF8* determins whether the ``SMTPUTF8`` extension (as defined
+   in :RFC:`6531`) should be enabled.  The default is ``False``.  If
+   *enable_SMTPUTF* is set to ``True``, the :meth:`process_smtputf8_message`
+   method must be defined.  A :exc:`ValueError` is raised if both
+   *enable_SMTPUTF8* and *decode_data* are set to ``True`` at the same time.
+
    A dictionary can be specified in *map* to avoid using a global socket map.
 
+   *decode_data* specifies whether the data portion of the SMTP transaction
+   should be decoded using UTF-8.  The default is ``True`` for backward
+   compatibility reasons, but will change to ``False`` in Python 3.6.  Specify
+   the keyword value explicitly to avoid the :exc:`DeprecationWarning`.
+
    .. method:: process_message(peer, mailfrom, rcpttos, data)
 
-      Raise :exc:`NotImplementedError` exception. Override this in subclasses to
+      Raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError` exception. Override this in subclasses to
       do something useful with this message. Whatever was passed in the
       constructor as *remoteaddr* will be available as the :attr:`_remoteaddr`
       attribute. *peer* is the remote host's address, *mailfrom* is the envelope
       originator, *rcpttos* are the envelope recipients and *data* is a string
-      containing the contents of the e-mail (which should be in :rfc:`2822`
+      containing the contents of the e-mail (which should be in :rfc:`5321`
       format).
 
+      If the *decode_data* constructor keyword is set to ``True``, the *data*
+      argument will be a unicode string.  If it is set to ``False``, it
+      will be a bytes object.
+
+      Return ``None`` to request a normal ``250 Ok`` response; otherwise
+      return the desired response string in :RFC:`5321` format.
+
+   .. method:: process_smtputf8_message(peer, mailfrom, rcpttos, data)
+
+      Raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError` exception.  Override this in
+      subclasses to do something useful with messages when *enable_SMTPUTF8*
+      has been set to ``True`` and the SMTP client requested ``SMTPUTF8``,
+      since this method is called rather than :meth:`process_message` when the
+      client actively requests ``SMTPUTF8``.  The *data* argument will always
+      be a bytes object, and any non-``None`` return value should conform to
+      :rfc:`6531`; otherwise, the API is the same as for
+      :meth:`process_message`.
+
    .. attribute:: channel_class
 
       Override this in subclasses to use a custom :class:`SMTPChannel` for
@@ -59,6 +89,13 @@ SMTPServer Objects
    .. versionchanged:: 3.4
       The *map* argument was added.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      *localaddr* and *remoteaddr* may now contain IPv6 addresses.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+      the *decode_data* and *enable_SMTPUTF8* constructor arguments, and the
+      :meth:`process_smtputf8_message` method.
+
 
 DebuggingServer Objects
 -----------------------
@@ -97,7 +134,7 @@ SMTPChannel Objects
 -------------------
 
 .. class:: SMTPChannel(server, conn, addr, data_size_limit=33554432,\
-                       map=None))
+                       map=None, enable_SMTPUTF8=False, decode_data=True)
 
    Create a new :class:`SMTPChannel` object which manages the communication
    between the server and a single SMTP client.
@@ -108,11 +145,24 @@ SMTPChannel Objects
    accepted in a ``DATA`` command.  A value of ``None`` or ``0`` means no
    limit.
 
+   *enable_SMTPUTF8* determins whether the ``SMTPUTF8`` extension (as defined
+   in :RFC:`6531`) should be enabled.  The default is ``False``.  A
+   :exc:`ValueError` is raised if both *enable_SMTPUTF8* and *decode_data* are
+   set to ``True`` at the same time.
+
    A dictionary can be specified in *map* to avoid using a global socket map.
 
+   *decode_data* specifies whether the data portion of the SMTP transaction
+   should be decoded using UTF-8.  The default is ``True`` for backward
+   compatibility reasons, but will change to ``False`` in Python 3.6.  Specify
+   the keyword value explicitly to avoid the :exc:`DeprecationWarning`.
+
    To use a custom SMTPChannel implementation you need to override the
    :attr:`SMTPServer.channel_class` of your :class:`SMTPServer`.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      the *decode_data* and *enable_SMTPUTF8* arguments were added.
+
    The :class:`SMTPChannel` has the following instance variables:
 
    .. attribute:: smtp_server
diff --git a/Doc/library/smtplib.rst b/Doc/library/smtplib.rst
index 8e1bfb5..74de77b 100644
--- a/Doc/library/smtplib.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/smtplib.rst
@@ -240,8 +240,7 @@ An :class:`SMTP` instance has the following methods:
    the server is stored as the :attr:`ehlo_resp` attribute, :attr:`does_esmtp`
    is set to true or false depending on whether the server supports ESMTP, and
    :attr:`esmtp_features` will be a dictionary containing the names of the
-   SMTP service extensions this server supports, and their
-   parameters (if any).
+   SMTP service extensions this server supports, and their parameters (if any).
 
    Unless you wish to use :meth:`has_extn` before sending mail, it should not be
    necessary to call this method explicitly.  It will be implicitly called by
@@ -291,6 +290,42 @@ An :class:`SMTP` instance has the following methods:
    :exc:`SMTPException`
       No suitable authentication method was found.
 
+   Each of the authentication methods supported by :mod:`smtplib` are tried in
+   turn if they are advertised as supported by the server (see :meth:`auth`
+   for a list of supported authentication methods).
+
+
+.. method:: SMTP.auth(mechanism, authobject)
+
+   Issue an ``SMTP`` ``AUTH`` command for the specified authentication
+   *mechanism*, and handle the challenge response via *authobject*.
+
+   *mechanism* specifies which authentication mechanism is to
+   be used as argument to the ``AUTH`` command; the valid values are
+   those listed in the ``auth`` element of :attr:`esmtp_features`.
+
+   *authobject* must be a callable object taking a single argument:
+
+     data = authobject(challenge)
+
+   It will be called to process the server's challenge response; the
+   *challenge* argument it is passed will be a ``bytes``.  It should return
+   ``bytes`` *data* that will be base64 encoded and sent to the server.
+
+   The ``SMTP`` class provides ``authobjects`` for the ``CRAM-MD5``, ``PLAIN``,
+   and ``LOGIN`` mechanisms; they are named ``SMTP.auth_cram_md5``,
+   ``SMTP.auth_plain``, and ``SMTP.auth_login`` respectively.  They all require
+   that the ``user`` and ``password`` properties of the ``SMTP`` instance are
+   set to appropriate values.
+
+   User code does not normally need to call ``auth`` directly, but can instead
+   call the :meth:`login` method, which will try each of the above mechanisms in
+   turn, in the order listed.  ``auth`` is exposed to facilitate the
+   implementation of authentication methods not (or not yet) supported directly
+   by :mod:`smtplib`.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 
 .. method:: SMTP.starttls(keyfile=None, certfile=None, context=None)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/sndhdr.rst b/Doc/library/sndhdr.rst
index f36df68..f8b5d8b 100644
--- a/Doc/library/sndhdr.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/sndhdr.rst
@@ -16,8 +16,9 @@
 
 The :mod:`sndhdr` provides utility functions which attempt to determine the type
 of sound data which is in a file.  When these functions are able to determine
-what type of sound data is stored in a file, they return a tuple ``(type,
-sampling_rate, channels, frames, bits_per_sample)``.  The value for *type*
+what type of sound data is stored in a file, they return a
+:func:`~collections.namedtuple`, containing five attributes: (``filetype``,
+``framerate``, ``nchannels``, ``nframes``, ``sampwidth``). The value for *type*
 indicates the data type and will be one of the strings ``'aifc'``, ``'aiff'``,
 ``'au'``, ``'hcom'``, ``'sndr'``, ``'sndt'``, ``'voc'``, ``'wav'``, ``'8svx'``,
 ``'sb'``, ``'ub'``, or ``'ul'``.  The *sampling_rate* will be either the actual
@@ -31,13 +32,19 @@ be the sample size in bits or ``'A'`` for A-LAW or ``'U'`` for u-LAW.
 .. function:: what(filename)
 
    Determines the type of sound data stored in the file *filename* using
-   :func:`whathdr`.  If it succeeds, returns a tuple as described above, otherwise
+   :func:`whathdr`.  If it succeeds, returns a namedtuple as described above, otherwise
    ``None`` is returned.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Result changed from a tuple to a namedtuple.
+
 
 .. function:: whathdr(filename)
 
    Determines the type of sound data stored in a file based on the file  header.
-   The name of the file is given by *filename*.  This function returns a tuple as
+   The name of the file is given by *filename*.  This function returns a namedtuple as
    described above on success, or ``None``.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Result changed from a tuple to a namedtuple.
+
diff --git a/Doc/library/socket.rst b/Doc/library/socket.rst
index b703e9e..e330f0a 100644
--- a/Doc/library/socket.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/socket.rst
@@ -352,7 +352,6 @@ The following functions all create :ref:`socket objects <socket-objects>`.
    type, and protocol number.  Address family, socket type, and protocol number are
    as for the :func:`.socket` function above. The default family is :const:`AF_UNIX`
    if defined on the platform; otherwise, the default is :const:`AF_INET`.
-   Availability: Unix.
 
    The newly created sockets are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
 
@@ -363,6 +362,9 @@ The following functions all create :ref:`socket objects <socket-objects>`.
    .. versionchanged:: 3.4
       The returned sockets are now non-inheritable.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Windows support added.
+
 
 .. function:: create_connection(address[, timeout[, source_address]])
 
@@ -908,12 +910,15 @@ to sockets.
    On other platforms, the generic :func:`fcntl.fcntl` and :func:`fcntl.ioctl`
    functions may be used; they accept a socket object as their first argument.
 
-.. method:: socket.listen(backlog)
+.. method:: socket.listen([backlog])
 
-   Listen for connections made to the socket.  The *backlog* argument specifies the
-   maximum number of queued connections and should be at least 0; the maximum value
-   is system-dependent (usually 5), the minimum value is forced to 0.
+   Enable a server to accept connections.  If *backlog* is specified, it must
+   be at least 0 (if it is lower, it is set to 0); it specifies the number of
+   unaccepted connections that the system will allow before refusing new
+   connections. If not specified, a default reasonable value is chosen.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The *backlog* parameter is now optional.
 
 .. method:: socket.makefile(mode='r', buffering=None, *, encoding=None, \
                             errors=None, newline=None)
@@ -1148,6 +1153,21 @@ to sockets.
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.3
 
+.. method:: socket.sendfile(file, offset=0, count=None)
+
+   Send a file until EOF is reached by using high-performance
+   :mod:`os.sendfile` and return the total number of bytes which were sent.
+   *file* must be a regular file object opened in binary mode. If
+   :mod:`os.sendfile` is not available (e.g. Windows) or *file* is not a
+   regular file :meth:`send` will be used instead. *offset* tells from where to
+   start reading the file. If specified, *count* is the total number of bytes
+   to transmit as opposed to sending the file until EOF is reached. File
+   position is updated on return or also in case of error in which case
+   :meth:`file.tell() <io.IOBase.tell>` can be used to figure out the number of
+   bytes which were sent. The socket must be of :const:`SOCK_STREAM` type. Non-
+   blocking sockets are not supported.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
 
 .. method:: socket.set_inheritable(inheritable)
 
@@ -1447,7 +1467,7 @@ After binding (:const:`CAN_RAW`) or connecting (:const:`CAN_BCM`) the socket, yo
 can use the :meth:`socket.send`, and the :meth:`socket.recv` operations (and
 their counterparts) on the socket object as usual.
 
-This example might require special priviledge::
+This example might require special privileges::
 
    import socket
    import struct
diff --git a/Doc/library/socketserver.rst b/Doc/library/socketserver.rst
index 1ec4438..9db36d5 100644
--- a/Doc/library/socketserver.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/socketserver.rst
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ the request handler class :meth:`handle` method.
 Another approach to handling multiple simultaneous requests in an environment
 that supports neither threads nor :func:`~os.fork` (or where these are too
 expensive or inappropriate for the service) is to maintain an explicit table of
-partially finished requests and to use :func:`~select.select` to decide which
+partially finished requests and to use :mod:`selectors` to decide which
 request to work on next (or whether to handle a new incoming request).  This is
 particularly important for stream services where each client can potentially be
 connected for a long time (if threads or subprocesses cannot be used).  See
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Server Objects
 .. method:: BaseServer.fileno()
 
    Return an integer file descriptor for the socket on which the server is
-   listening.  This function is most commonly passed to :func:`select.select`, to
+   listening.  This function is most commonly passed to :mod:`selectors`, to
    allow monitoring multiple servers in the same process.
 
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/ssl.rst b/Doc/library/ssl.rst
index a1162f4..6ab11b2 100644
--- a/Doc/library/ssl.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/ssl.rst
@@ -331,6 +331,8 @@ Random generation
    See http://egd.sourceforge.net/ or http://prngd.sourceforge.net/ for sources
    of entropy-gathering daemons.
 
+   Availability: not available with LibreSSL.
+
 .. function:: RAND_add(bytes, entropy)
 
    Mixes the given *bytes* into the SSL pseudo-random number generator.  The
@@ -346,10 +348,9 @@ Certificate handling
    Verify that *cert* (in decoded format as returned by
    :meth:`SSLSocket.getpeercert`) matches the given *hostname*.  The rules
    applied are those for checking the identity of HTTPS servers as outlined
-   in :rfc:`2818` and :rfc:`6125`, except that IP addresses are not currently
-   supported. In addition to HTTPS, this function should be suitable for
-   checking the identity of servers in various SSL-based protocols such as
-   FTPS, IMAPS, POPS and others.
+   in :rfc:`2818` and :rfc:`6125`.  In addition to HTTPS, this function
+   should be suitable for checking the identity of servers in various
+   SSL-based protocols such as FTPS, IMAPS, POPS and others.
 
    :exc:`CertificateError` is raised on failure. On success, the function
    returns nothing::
@@ -371,22 +372,38 @@ Certificate handling
       IDN A-labels such as ``www*.xn--pthon-kva.org`` are still supported,
       but ``x*.python.org`` no longer matches ``xn--tda.python.org``.
 
-.. function:: cert_time_to_seconds(timestring)
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Matching of IP addresses, when present in the subjectAltName field
+      of the certificate, is now supported.
+
+.. function:: cert_time_to_seconds(cert_time)
+
+   Return the time in seconds since the Epoch, given the ``cert_time``
+   string representing the "notBefore" or "notAfter" date from a
+   certificate in ``"%b %d %H:%M:%S %Y %Z"`` strptime format (C
+   locale).
+
+   Here's an example:
+
+   .. doctest:: newcontext
 
-   Returns a floating-point value containing a normal seconds-after-the-epoch
-   time value, given the time-string representing the "notBefore" or "notAfter"
-   date from a certificate.
+      >>> import ssl
+      >>> timestamp = ssl.cert_time_to_seconds("Jan  5 09:34:43 2018 GMT")
+      >>> timestamp
+      1515144883
+      >>> from datetime import datetime
+      >>> print(datetime.utcfromtimestamp(timestamp))
+      2018-01-05 09:34:43
 
-   Here's an example::
+   "notBefore" or "notAfter" dates must use GMT (:rfc:`5280`).
 
-     >>> import ssl
-     >>> ssl.cert_time_to_seconds("May  9 00:00:00 2007 GMT")
-     1178694000.0
-     >>> import time
-     >>> time.ctime(ssl.cert_time_to_seconds("May  9 00:00:00 2007 GMT"))
-     'Wed May  9 00:00:00 2007'
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Interpret the input time as a time in UTC as specified by 'GMT'
+      timezone in the input string. Local timezone was used
+      previously. Return an integer (no fractions of a second in the
+      input format)
 
-.. function:: get_server_certificate(addr, ssl_version=PROTOCOL_SSLv3, ca_certs=None)
+.. function:: get_server_certificate(addr, ssl_version=PROTOCOL_SSLv23, ca_certs=None)
 
    Given the address ``addr`` of an SSL-protected server, as a (*hostname*,
    *port-number*) pair, fetches the server's certificate, and returns it as a
@@ -400,6 +417,10 @@ Certificate handling
    .. versionchanged:: 3.3
       This function is now IPv6-compatible.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The default *ssl_version* is changed from :data:`PROTOCOL_SSLv3` to
+      :data:`PROTOCOL_SSLv23` for maximum compatibility with modern servers.
+
 .. function:: DER_cert_to_PEM_cert(DER_cert_bytes)
 
    Given a certificate as a DER-encoded blob of bytes, returns a PEM-encoded
@@ -667,6 +688,13 @@ Constants
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.3
 
+.. data:: HAS_ALPN
+
+   Whether the OpenSSL library has built-in support for the *Application-Layer
+   Protocol Negotiation* TLS extension as described in :rfc:`7301`.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. data:: HAS_ECDH
 
    Whether the OpenSSL library has built-in support for Elliptic Curve-based
@@ -784,6 +812,8 @@ SSL Sockets
      (but passing a non-zero ``flags`` argument is not allowed)
    - :meth:`~socket.socket.send()`, :meth:`~socket.socket.sendall()` (with
      the same limitation)
+   - :meth:`~socket.socket.sendfile()` (but :mod:`os.sendfile` will be used
+     for plain-text sockets only, else :meth:`~socket.socket.send()` will be used)
    - :meth:`~socket.socket.shutdown()`
 
    However, since the SSL (and TLS) protocol has its own framing atop
@@ -794,6 +824,10 @@ SSL Sockets
    Usually, :class:`SSLSocket` are not created directly, but using the
    :func:`wrap_socket` function or the :meth:`SSLContext.wrap_socket` method.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The :meth:`sendfile` method was added.
+
+
 SSL sockets also have the following additional methods and attributes:
 
 .. method:: SSLSocket.read(len=0, buffer=None)
@@ -913,6 +947,17 @@ SSL sockets also have the following additional methods and attributes:
    version of the SSL protocol that defines its use, and the number of secret
    bits being used.  If no connection has been established, returns ``None``.
 
+.. method:: SSLSocket.shared_ciphers()
+
+   Return the list of ciphers shared by the client during the handshake.  Each
+   entry of the returned list is a three-value tuple containing the name of the
+   cipher, the version of the SSL protocol that defines its use, and the number
+   of secret bits the cipher uses.  :meth:`~SSLSocket.shared_ciphers` returns
+   ``None`` if no connection has been established or the socket is a client
+   socket.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. method:: SSLSocket.compression()
 
    Return the compression algorithm being used as a string, or ``None``
@@ -936,12 +981,22 @@ SSL sockets also have the following additional methods and attributes:
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.3
 
+.. method:: SSLSocket.selected_alpn_protocol()
+
+   Return the protocol that was selected during the TLS handshake.  If
+   :meth:`SSLContext.set_alpn_protocols` was not called, if the other party does
+   not support ALPN, if this socket does not support any of the client's
+   proposed protocols, or if the handshake has not happened yet, ``None`` is
+   returned.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. method:: SSLSocket.selected_npn_protocol()
 
-   Returns the protocol that was selected during the TLS/SSL handshake. If
-   :meth:`SSLContext.set_npn_protocols` was not called, or if the other party
-   does not support NPN, or if the handshake has not yet happened, this will
-   return ``None``.
+   Return the higher-level protocol that was selected during the TLS/SSL
+   handshake. If :meth:`SSLContext.set_npn_protocols` was not called, or
+   if the other party does not support NPN, or if the handshake has not yet
+   happened, this will return ``None``.
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.3
 
@@ -953,6 +1008,16 @@ SSL sockets also have the following additional methods and attributes:
    returned socket should always be used for further communication with the
    other side of the connection, rather than the original socket.
 
+.. method:: SSLSocket.version()
+
+   Return the actual SSL protocol version negotiated by the connection
+   as a string, or ``None`` is no secure connection is established.
+   As of this writing, possible return values include ``"SSLv2"``,
+   ``"SSLv3"``, ``"TLSv1"``, ``"TLSv1.1"`` and ``"TLSv1.2"``.
+   Recent OpenSSL versions may define more return values.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. method:: SSLSocket.pending()
 
    Returns the number of already decrypted bytes available for read, pending on
@@ -1127,6 +1192,20 @@ to speed up repeated connections from the same clients.
       when connected, the :meth:`SSLSocket.cipher` method of SSL sockets will
       give the currently selected cipher.
 
+.. method:: SSLContext.set_alpn_protocols(protocols)
+
+   Specify which protocols the socket should advertise during the SSL/TLS
+   handshake. It should be a list of ASCII strings, like ``['http/1.1',
+   'spdy/2']``, ordered by preference. The selection of a protocol will happen
+   during the handshake, and will play out according to :rfc:`7301`. After a
+   successful handshake, the :meth:`SSLSocket.selected_alpn_protocol` method will
+   return the agreed-upon protocol.
+
+   This method will raise :exc:`NotImplementedError` if :data:`HAS_ALPN` is
+   False.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. method:: SSLContext.set_npn_protocols(protocols)
 
    Specify which protocols the socket should advertise during the SSL/TLS
@@ -1167,7 +1246,7 @@ to speed up repeated connections from the same clients.
 
    Due to the early negotiation phase of the TLS connection, only limited
    methods and attributes are usable like
-   :meth:`SSLSocket.selected_npn_protocol` and :attr:`SSLSocket.context`.
+   :meth:`SSLSocket.selected_alpn_protocol` and :attr:`SSLSocket.context`.
    :meth:`SSLSocket.getpeercert`, :meth:`SSLSocket.getpeercert`,
    :meth:`SSLSocket.cipher` and :meth:`SSLSocket.compress` methods require that
    the TLS connection has progressed beyond the TLS Client Hello and therefore
@@ -1243,10 +1322,20 @@ to speed up repeated connections from the same clients.
    quite similarly to HTTP virtual hosts. Specifying *server_hostname* will
    raise a :exc:`ValueError` if *server_side* is true.
 
-   .. versionchanged:: 3.4.3
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
       Always allow a server_hostname to be passed, even if OpenSSL does not
       have SNI.
 
+.. method:: SSLContext.wrap_bio(incoming, outgoing, server_side=False, \
+                                server_hostname=None)
+
+   Create a new :class:`SSLObject` instance by wrapping the BIO objects
+   *incoming* and *outgoing*. The SSL routines will read input data from the
+   incoming BIO and write data to the outgoing BIO.
+
+   The *server_side* and *server_hostname* parameters have the same meaning as
+   in :meth:`SSLContext.wrap_socket`.
+
 .. method:: SSLContext.session_stats()
 
    Get statistics about the SSL sessions created or managed by this context.
@@ -1631,7 +1720,7 @@ are finished with the client (or the client is finished with you)::
 
 And go back to listening for new client connections (of course, a real server
 would probably handle each client connection in a separate thread, or put
-the sockets in non-blocking mode and use an event loop).
+the sockets in :ref:`non-blocking mode <ssl-nonblocking>` and use an event loop).
 
 
 .. _ssl-nonblocking:
@@ -1653,6 +1742,12 @@ thus several things you need to be aware of:
   socket first, and attempts to *read* from the SSL socket may require
   a prior *write* to the underlying socket.
 
+  .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+
+     In earlier Python versions, the :meth:`!SSLSocket.send` method
+     returned zero instead of raising :exc:`SSLWantWriteError` or
+     :exc:`SSLWantReadError`.
+
 - Calling :func:`~select.select` tells you that the OS-level socket can be
   read from (or written to), but it does not imply that there is sufficient
   data at the upper SSL layer.  For example, only part of an SSL frame might
@@ -1685,13 +1780,143 @@ thus several things you need to be aware of:
 
 .. seealso::
 
-   The :mod:`asyncio` module supports non-blocking SSL sockets and provides a
+   The :mod:`asyncio` module supports :ref:`non-blocking SSL sockets
+   <ssl-nonblocking>` and provides a
    higher level API. It polls for events using the :mod:`selectors` module and
    handles :exc:`SSLWantWriteError`, :exc:`SSLWantReadError` and
    :exc:`BlockingIOError` exceptions. It runs the SSL handshake asynchronously
    as well.
 
 
+Memory BIO Support
+------------------
+
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+Ever since the SSL module was introduced in Python 2.6, the :class:`SSLSocket`
+class has provided two related but distinct areas of functionality:
+
+- SSL protocol handling
+- Network IO
+
+The network IO API is identical to that provided by :class:`socket.socket`,
+from which :class:`SSLSocket` also inherits. This allows an SSL socket to be
+used as a drop-in replacement for a regular socket, making it very easy to add
+SSL support to an existing application.
+
+Combining SSL protocol handling and network IO usually works well, but there
+are some cases where it doesn't. An example is async IO frameworks that want to
+use a different IO multiplexing model than the "select/poll on a file
+descriptor" (readiness based) model that is assumed by :class:`socket.socket`
+and by the internal OpenSSL socket IO routines. This is mostly relevant for
+platforms like Windows where this model is not efficient. For this purpose, a
+reduced scope variant of :class:`SSLSocket` called :class:`SSLObject` is
+provided.
+
+.. class:: SSLObject
+
+   A reduced-scope variant of :class:`SSLSocket` representing an SSL protocol
+   instance that does not contain any network IO methods. This class is
+   typically used by framework authors that want to implement asynchronous IO
+   for SSL through memory buffers.
+
+   This class implements an interface on top of a low-level SSL object as
+   implemented by OpenSSL. This object captures the state of an SSL connection
+   but does not provide any network IO itself. IO needs to be performed through
+   separate "BIO" objects which are OpenSSL's IO abstraction layer.
+
+   An :class:`SSLObject` instance can be created using the
+   :meth:`~SSLContext.wrap_bio` method. This method will create the
+   :class:`SSLObject` instance and bind it to a pair of BIOs. The *incoming*
+   BIO is used to pass data from Python to the SSL protocol instance, while the
+   *outgoing* BIO is used to pass data the other way around.
+
+   The following methods are available:
+
+   - :attr:`~SSLSocket.context`
+   - :attr:`~SSLSocket.server_side`
+   - :attr:`~SSLSocket.server_hostname`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.read`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.write`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.getpeercert`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.selected_npn_protocol`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.cipher`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.shared_ciphers`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.compression`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.pending`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.do_handshake`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.unwrap`
+   - :meth:`~SSLSocket.get_channel_binding`
+
+   When compared to :class:`SSLSocket`, this object lacks the following
+   features:
+
+   - Any form of network IO incluging methods such as ``recv()`` and
+     ``send()``.
+
+   - There is no *do_handshake_on_connect* machinery. You must always manually
+     call :meth:`~SSLSocket.do_handshake` to start the handshake.
+
+   - There is no handling of *suppress_ragged_eofs*. All end-of-file conditions
+     that are in violation of the protocol are reported via the
+     :exc:`SSLEOFError` exception.
+
+   - The method :meth:`~SSLSocket.unwrap` call does not return anything,
+     unlike for an SSL socket where it returns the underlying socket.
+
+   - The *server_name_callback* callback passed to
+     :meth:`SSLContext.set_servername_callback` will get an :class:`SSLObject`
+     instance instead of a :class:`SSLSocket` instance as its first parameter.
+
+   Some notes related to the use of :class:`SSLObject`:
+
+   - All IO on an :class:`SSLObject` is :ref:`non-blocking <ssl-nonblocking>`.
+     This means that for example :meth:`~SSLSocket.read` will raise an
+     :exc:`SSLWantReadError` if it needs more data than the incoming BIO has
+     available.
+
+   - There is no module-level ``wrap_bio()`` call like there is for
+     :meth:`~SSLContext.wrap_socket`. An :class:`SSLObject` is always created
+     via an :class:`SSLContext`.
+
+An SSLObject communicates with the outside world using memory buffers. The
+class :class:`MemoryBIO` provides a memory buffer that can be used for this
+purpose.  It wraps an OpenSSL memory BIO (Basic IO) object:
+
+.. class:: MemoryBIO
+
+   A memory buffer that can be used to pass data between Python and an SSL
+   protocol instance.
+
+   .. attribute:: MemoryBIO.pending
+
+      Return the number of bytes currently in the memory buffer.
+
+   .. attribute:: MemoryBIO.eof
+
+      A boolean indicating whether the memory BIO is current at the end-of-file
+      position.
+
+   .. method:: MemoryBIO.read(n=-1)
+
+      Read up to *n* bytes from the memory buffer. If *n* is not specified or
+      negative, all bytes are returned.
+
+   .. method:: MemoryBIO.write(buf)
+
+      Write the bytes from *buf* to the memory BIO. The *buf* argument must be an
+      object supporting the buffer protocol.
+
+      The return value is the number of bytes written, which is always equal to
+      the length of *buf*.
+
+   .. method:: MemoryBIO.write_eof()
+
+      Write an EOF marker to the memory BIO. After this method has been called, it
+      is illegal to call :meth:`~MemoryBIO.write`. The attribute :attr:`eof` will
+      become true after all data currently in the buffer has been read.
+
+
 .. _ssl-security:
 
 Security considerations
diff --git a/Doc/library/stat.rst b/Doc/library/stat.rst
index 24769f6..845b2ef 100644
--- a/Doc/library/stat.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/stat.rst
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Example::
    if __name__ == '__main__':
        walktree(sys.argv[1], visitfile)
 
-An additional utility function is provided to covert a file's mode in a human
+An additional utility function is provided to convert a file's mode in a human
 readable string:
 
 .. function:: filemode(mode)
@@ -399,3 +399,29 @@ The following flags can be used in the *flags* argument of :func:`os.chflags`:
    The file is a snapshot file.
 
 See the \*BSD or Mac OS systems man page :manpage:`chflags(2)` for more information.
+
+On Windows, the following file attribute constants are available for use when
+testing bits in the ``st_file_attributes`` member returned by :func:`os.stat`.
+See the `Windows API documentation
+<http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/gg258117.aspx>`_
+for more detail on the meaning of these constants.
+
+.. data:: FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_COMPRESSED
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_CONTENT_INDEXED
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OFFLINE
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SPARSE_FILE
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+          FILE_ATTRIBUTE_VIRTUAL
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
diff --git a/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst b/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst
index d3fc093..af0a85e 100644
--- a/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Notes:
    The numeric literals accepted include the digits ``0`` to ``9`` or any
    Unicode equivalent (code points with the ``Nd`` property).
 
-   See http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/extracted/DerivedNumericType.txt
+   See http://www.unicode.org/Public/7.0.0/ucd/extracted/DerivedNumericType.txt
    for a complete list of code points with the ``Nd`` property.
 
 
@@ -3057,6 +3057,203 @@ place, and instead produce new objects.
       always produces a new object, even if no changes were made.
 
 
+.. _bytes-formatting:
+
+``printf``-style Bytes Formatting
+----------------------------------
+
+.. index::
+   single: formatting, bytes (%)
+   single: formatting, bytearray (%)
+   single: interpolation, bytes (%)
+   single: interpolation, bytearray (%)
+   single: bytes; formatting
+   single: bytearray; formatting
+   single: bytes; interpolation
+   single: bytearray; interpolation
+   single: printf-style formatting
+   single: sprintf-style formatting
+   single: % formatting
+   single: % interpolation
+
+.. note::
+
+   The formatting operations described here exhibit a variety of quirks that
+   lead to a number of common errors (such as failing to display tuples and
+   dictionaries correctly).  If the value being printed may be a tuple or
+   dictionary, wrap it in a tuple.
+
+Bytes objects (``bytes``/``bytearray``) have one unique built-in operation:
+the ``%`` operator (modulo).
+This is also known as the bytes *formatting* or *interpolation* operator.
+Given ``format % values`` (where *format* is a bytes object), ``%`` conversion
+specifications in *format* are replaced with zero or more elements of *values*.
+The effect is similar to using the :c:func:`sprintf` in the C language.
+
+If *format* requires a single argument, *values* may be a single non-tuple
+object. [5]_  Otherwise, *values* must be a tuple with exactly the number of
+items specified by the format bytes object, or a single mapping object (for
+example, a dictionary).
+
+A conversion specifier contains two or more characters and has the following
+components, which must occur in this order:
+
+#. The ``'%'`` character, which marks the start of the specifier.
+
+#. Mapping key (optional), consisting of a parenthesised sequence of characters
+   (for example, ``(somename)``).
+
+#. Conversion flags (optional), which affect the result of some conversion
+   types.
+
+#. Minimum field width (optional).  If specified as an ``'*'`` (asterisk), the
+   actual width is read from the next element of the tuple in *values*, and the
+   object to convert comes after the minimum field width and optional precision.
+
+#. Precision (optional), given as a ``'.'`` (dot) followed by the precision.  If
+   specified as ``'*'`` (an asterisk), the actual precision is read from the next
+   element of the tuple in *values*, and the value to convert comes after the
+   precision.
+
+#. Length modifier (optional).
+
+#. Conversion type.
+
+When the right argument is a dictionary (or other mapping type), then the
+formats in the bytes object *must* include a parenthesised mapping key into that
+dictionary inserted immediately after the ``'%'`` character. The mapping key
+selects the value to be formatted from the mapping.  For example:
+
+   >>> print(b'%(language)s has %(number)03d quote types.' %
+   ...       {b'language': b"Python", b"number": 2})
+   b'Python has 002 quote types.'
+
+In this case no ``*`` specifiers may occur in a format (since they require a
+sequential parameter list).
+
+The conversion flag characters are:
+
++---------+---------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| Flag    | Meaning                                                             |
++=========+=====================================================================+
+| ``'#'`` | The value conversion will use the "alternate form" (where defined   |
+|         | below).                                                             |
++---------+---------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| ``'0'`` | The conversion will be zero padded for numeric values.              |
++---------+---------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| ``'-'`` | The converted value is left adjusted (overrides the ``'0'``         |
+|         | conversion if both are given).                                      |
++---------+---------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| ``' '`` | (a space) A blank should be left before a positive number (or empty |
+|         | string) produced by a signed conversion.                            |
++---------+---------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| ``'+'`` | A sign character (``'+'`` or ``'-'``) will precede the conversion   |
+|         | (overrides a "space" flag).                                         |
++---------+---------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+A length modifier (``h``, ``l``, or ``L``) may be present, but is ignored as it
+is not necessary for Python -- so e.g. ``%ld`` is identical to ``%d``.
+
+The conversion types are:
+
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| Conversion | Meaning                                             | Notes |
++============+=====================================================+=======+
+| ``'d'``    | Signed integer decimal.                             |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'i'``    | Signed integer decimal.                             |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'o'``    | Signed octal value.                                 | \(1)  |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'u'``    | Obsolete type -- it is identical to ``'d'``.        | \(8)  |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'x'``    | Signed hexadecimal (lowercase).                     | \(2)  |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'X'``    | Signed hexadecimal (uppercase).                     | \(2)  |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'e'``    | Floating point exponential format (lowercase).      | \(3)  |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'E'``    | Floating point exponential format (uppercase).      | \(3)  |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'f'``    | Floating point decimal format.                      | \(3)  |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'F'``    | Floating point decimal format.                      | \(3)  |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'g'``    | Floating point format. Uses lowercase exponential   | \(4)  |
+|            | format if exponent is less than -4 or not less than |       |
+|            | precision, decimal format otherwise.                |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'G'``    | Floating point format. Uses uppercase exponential   | \(4)  |
+|            | format if exponent is less than -4 or not less than |       |
+|            | precision, decimal format otherwise.                |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'c'``    | Single byte (accepts integer or single              |       |
+|            | byte objects).                                      |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'b'``    | Bytes (any object that follows the                  | \(5)  |
+|            | :ref:`buffer protocol <bufferobjects>` or has       |       |
+|            | :meth:`__bytes__`).                                 |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'s'``    | ``'s'`` is an alias for ``'b'`` and should only     | \(6)  |
+|            | be used for Python2/3 code bases.                   |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'a'``    | Bytes (converts any Python object using             | \(5)  |
+|            | ``repr(obj).encode('ascii','backslashreplace)``).   |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'r'``    | ``'r'`` is an alias for ``'a'`` and should only     | \(7)  |
+|            | be used for Python2/3 code bases.                   |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+| ``'%'``    | No argument is converted, results in a ``'%'``      |       |
+|            | character in the result.                            |       |
++------------+-----------------------------------------------------+-------+
+
+Notes:
+
+(1)
+   The alternate form causes a leading zero (``'0'``) to be inserted between
+   left-hand padding and the formatting of the number if the leading character
+   of the result is not already a zero.
+
+(2)
+   The alternate form causes a leading ``'0x'`` or ``'0X'`` (depending on whether
+   the ``'x'`` or ``'X'`` format was used) to be inserted between left-hand padding
+   and the formatting of the number if the leading character of the result is not
+   already a zero.
+
+(3)
+   The alternate form causes the result to always contain a decimal point, even if
+   no digits follow it.
+
+   The precision determines the number of digits after the decimal point and
+   defaults to 6.
+
+(4)
+   The alternate form causes the result to always contain a decimal point, and
+   trailing zeroes are not removed as they would otherwise be.
+
+   The precision determines the number of significant digits before and after the
+   decimal point and defaults to 6.
+
+(5)
+   If precision is ``N``, the output is truncated to ``N`` characters.
+
+(6)
+   ``b'%s'`` is deprecated, but will not be removed during the 3.x series.
+
+(7)
+   ``b'%r'`` is deprecated, but will not be removed during the 3.x series.
+
+(8)
+   See :pep:`237`.
+
+.. note::
+
+   The bytearray version of this method does *not* operate in place - it
+   always produces a new object, even if no changes were made.
+
+.. seealso:: :pep:`461`.
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. _typememoryview:
 
 Memory Views
diff --git a/Doc/library/subprocess.rst b/Doc/library/subprocess.rst
index 36cbf3c..49a82bd 100644
--- a/Doc/library/subprocess.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/subprocess.rst
@@ -635,6 +635,7 @@ Instances of the :class:`Popen` class have the following methods:
    must be bytes or, if *universal_newlines* was ``True``, a string.
 
    :meth:`communicate` returns a tuple ``(stdout_data, stderr_data)``.
+   The data will be bytes or, if *universal_newlines* was ``True``, strings.
 
    Note that if you want to send data to the process's stdin, you need to create
    the Popen object with ``stdin=PIPE``.  Similarly, to get anything other than
diff --git a/Doc/library/sys.rst b/Doc/library/sys.rst
index 3024086..fa125a0 100644
--- a/Doc/library/sys.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/sys.rst
@@ -718,6 +718,14 @@ always available.
    value of :func:`intern` around to benefit from it.
 
 
+.. function:: is_finalizing()
+
+   Return :const:`True` if the Python interpreter is
+   :term:`shutting down <interpreter shutdown>`, :const:`False` otherwise.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
 .. data:: last_type
           last_value
           last_traceback
diff --git a/Doc/library/tarfile.rst b/Doc/library/tarfile.rst
index 4536eca..4fd94fd 100644
--- a/Doc/library/tarfile.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/tarfile.rst
@@ -62,6 +62,23 @@ Some facts and figures:
    +------------------+---------------------------------------------+
    | ``'r:xz'``       | Open for reading with lzma compression.     |
    +------------------+---------------------------------------------+
+   | ``'x'`` or       | Create a tarfile exclusively without        |
+   | ``'x:'``         | compression.                                |
+   |                  | Raise an :exc:`FileExistsError` exception   |
+   |                  | if it is already exists.                    |
+   +------------------+---------------------------------------------+
+   | ``'x:gz'``       | Create a tarfile with gzip compression.     |
+   |                  | Raise an :exc:`FileExistsError` exception   |
+   |                  | if it is already exists.                    |
+   +------------------+---------------------------------------------+
+   | ``'x:bz2'``      | Create a tarfile with bzip2 compression.    |
+   |                  | Raise an :exc:`FileExistsError` exception   |
+   |                  | if it is already exists.                    |
+   +------------------+---------------------------------------------+
+   | ``'x:xz'``       | Create a tarfile with lzma compression.     |
+   |                  | Raise an :exc:`FileExistsError` exception   |
+   |                  | if it is already exists.                    |
+   +------------------+---------------------------------------------+
    | ``'a' or 'a:'``  | Open for appending with no compression. The |
    |                  | file is created if it does not exist.       |
    +------------------+---------------------------------------------+
@@ -82,9 +99,9 @@ Some facts and figures:
    If *fileobj* is specified, it is used as an alternative to a :term:`file object`
    opened in binary mode for *name*. It is supposed to be at position 0.
 
-   For modes ``'w:gz'``, ``'r:gz'``, ``'w:bz2'``, ``'r:bz2'``, :func:`tarfile.open`
-   accepts the keyword argument *compresslevel* to specify the compression level of
-   the file.
+   For modes ``'w:gz'``, ``'r:gz'``, ``'w:bz2'``, ``'r:bz2'``, ``'x:gz'``,
+   ``'x:bz2'``, :func:`tarfile.open` accepts the keyword argument
+   *compresslevel* to specify the compression level of the file.
 
    For special purposes, there is a second format for *mode*:
    ``'filemode|[compression]'``.  :func:`tarfile.open` will return a :class:`TarFile`
@@ -127,6 +144,8 @@ Some facts and figures:
    |             | writing.                                   |
    +-------------+--------------------------------------------+
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The ``'x'`` (exclusive creation) mode was added.
 
 .. class:: TarFile
 
@@ -252,8 +271,8 @@ be finalized; only the internally used file object will be closed. See the
    In this case, the file object's :attr:`name` attribute is used if it exists.
 
    *mode* is either ``'r'`` to read from an existing archive, ``'a'`` to append
-   data to an existing file or ``'w'`` to create a new file overwriting an existing
-   one.
+   data to an existing file, ``'w'`` to create a new file overwriting an existing
+   one or ``'x'`` to create a new file only if it's not exists.
 
    If *fileobj* is given, it is used for reading or writing data. If it can be
    determined, *mode* is overridden by *fileobj*'s mode. *fileobj* will be used
@@ -292,12 +311,14 @@ be finalized; only the internally used file object will be closed. See the
    to be handled. The default settings will work for most users.
    See section :ref:`tar-unicode` for in-depth information.
 
-   .. versionchanged:: 3.2
-      Use ``'surrogateescape'`` as the default for the *errors* argument.
-
    The *pax_headers* argument is an optional dictionary of strings which
    will be added as a pax global header if *format* is :const:`PAX_FORMAT`.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.2
+      Use ``'surrogateescape'`` as the default for the *errors* argument.
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The ``'x'`` (exclusive creation) mode was added.
 
 .. classmethod:: TarFile.open(...)
 
@@ -328,11 +349,15 @@ be finalized; only the internally used file object will be closed. See the
    returned by :meth:`getmembers`.
 
 
-.. method:: TarFile.list(verbose=True)
+.. method:: TarFile.list(verbose=True, *, members=None)
 
    Print a table of contents to ``sys.stdout``. If *verbose* is :const:`False`,
    only the names of the members are printed. If it is :const:`True`, output
-   similar to that of :program:`ls -l` is produced.
+   similar to that of :program:`ls -l` is produced. If optional *members* is
+   given, it must be a subset of the list returned by :meth:`getmembers`.
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added the *members* parameter.
 
 
 .. method:: TarFile.next()
diff --git a/Doc/library/tempfile.rst b/Doc/library/tempfile.rst
index 44d025d..2c68377 100644
--- a/Doc/library/tempfile.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/tempfile.rst
@@ -54,6 +54,13 @@ The module defines the following user-callable items:
    underlying true file object. This file-like object can be used in a
    :keyword:`with` statement, just like a normal file.
 
+   The :py:data:`os.O_TMPFILE` flag is used if it is available and works
+   (Linux-specific, require Linux kernel 3.11 or later).
+
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+
+      The :py:data:`os.O_TMPFILE` flag is now used if available.
+
 
 .. function:: NamedTemporaryFile(mode='w+b', buffering=None, encoding=None, newline=None, suffix='', prefix='tmp', dir=None, delete=True)
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/threading.rst b/Doc/library/threading.rst
index f59ffe5..e7a3544 100644
--- a/Doc/library/threading.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/threading.rst
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ item to the buffer only needs to wake up one consumer thread.
             cv.wait()
 
       Therefore, the same rules apply as with :meth:`wait`: The lock must be
-      held when called and is re-aquired on return.  The predicate is evaluated
+      held when called and is re-acquired on return.  The predicate is evaluated
       with the lock held.
 
       .. versionadded:: 3.2
diff --git a/Doc/library/time.rst b/Doc/library/time.rst
index 8d8b7d4..6bfd521 100644
--- a/Doc/library/time.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/time.rst
@@ -314,9 +314,9 @@ The module defines the following functions and data items:
    processes running for more than 49 days. On more recent versions of Windows
    and on other operating systems, :func:`monotonic` is system-wide.
 
-   Availability: Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, Solaris.
-
    .. versionadded:: 3.3
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The function is now always available.
 
 
 .. function:: perf_counter()
diff --git a/Doc/library/timeit.rst b/Doc/library/timeit.rst
index 503a705..3ef9f3e 100644
--- a/Doc/library/timeit.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/timeit.rst
@@ -59,18 +59,26 @@ Python Interface
 The module defines three convenience functions and a public class:
 
 
-.. function:: timeit(stmt='pass', setup='pass', timer=<default timer>, number=1000000)
+.. function:: timeit(stmt='pass', setup='pass', timer=<default timer>, number=1000000, globals=None)
 
    Create a :class:`Timer` instance with the given statement, *setup* code and
    *timer* function and run its :meth:`.timeit` method with *number* executions.
+   The optional *globals* argument specifies a namespace in which to execute the
+   code.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The optional *globals* parameter was added.
 
-.. function:: repeat(stmt='pass', setup='pass', timer=<default timer>, repeat=3, number=1000000)
+
+.. function:: repeat(stmt='pass', setup='pass', timer=<default timer>, repeat=3, number=1000000, globals=None)
 
    Create a :class:`Timer` instance with the given statement, *setup* code and
    *timer* function and run its :meth:`.repeat` method with the given *repeat*
-   count and *number* executions.
+   count and *number* executions.  The optional *globals* argument specifies a
+   namespace in which to execute the code.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The optional *globals* parameter was added.
 
 .. function:: default_timer()
 
@@ -80,7 +88,7 @@ The module defines three convenience functions and a public class:
       :func:`time.perf_counter` is now the default timer.
 
 
-.. class:: Timer(stmt='pass', setup='pass', timer=<timer function>)
+.. class:: Timer(stmt='pass', setup='pass', timer=<timer function>, globals=None)
 
    Class for timing execution speed of small code snippets.
 
@@ -88,7 +96,9 @@ The module defines three convenience functions and a public class:
    for setup, and a timer function.  Both statements default to ``'pass'``;
    the timer function is platform-dependent (see the module doc string).
    *stmt* and *setup* may also contain multiple statements separated by ``;``
-   or newlines, as long as they don't contain multi-line string literals.
+   or newlines, as long as they don't contain multi-line string literals.  The
+   statement will by default be executed within timeit's namespace; this behavior
+   can be controlled by passing a namespace to *globals*.
 
    To measure the execution time of the first statement, use the :meth:`.timeit`
    method.  The :meth:`.repeat` method is a convenience to call :meth:`.timeit`
@@ -99,6 +109,8 @@ The module defines three convenience functions and a public class:
    will then be executed by :meth:`.timeit`.  Note that the timing overhead is a
    little larger in this case because of the extra function calls.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      The optional *globals* parameter was added.
 
    .. method:: Timer.timeit(number=1000000)
 
@@ -167,7 +179,7 @@ Command-Line Interface
 
 When called as a program from the command line, the following form is used::
 
-   python -m timeit [-n N] [-r N] [-s S] [-t] [-c] [-h] [statement ...]
+   python -m timeit [-n N] [-r N] [-u U] [-s S] [-t] [-c] [-h] [statement ...]
 
 Where the following options are understood:
 
@@ -196,6 +208,12 @@ Where the following options are understood:
 
    use :func:`time.time` (deprecated)
 
+.. cmdoption:: -u, --unit=U
+
+    specify a time unit for timer output; can select usec, msec, or sec
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. cmdoption:: -c, --clock
 
    use :func:`time.clock` (deprecated)
@@ -318,3 +336,17 @@ To give the :mod:`timeit` module access to functions you define, you can pass a
    if __name__ == '__main__':
        import timeit
        print(timeit.timeit("test()", setup="from __main__ import test"))
+
+Another option is to pass :func:`globals` to the  *globals* parameter, which will cause the code
+to be executed within your current global namespace.  This can be more convenient
+than individually specifying imports::
+
+   def f(x):
+       return x**2
+   def g(x):
+       return x**4
+   def h(x):
+       return x**8
+
+   import timeit
+   print(timeit.timeit('[func(42) for func in (f,g,h)]', globals=globals()))
diff --git a/Doc/library/tkinter.ttk.rst b/Doc/library/tkinter.ttk.rst
index 6f8bf1c..b0eefcb 100644
--- a/Doc/library/tkinter.ttk.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/tkinter.ttk.rst
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ Ttk Styling
 Each widget in :mod:`ttk` is assigned a style, which specifies the set of
 elements making up the widget and how they are arranged, along with dynamic
 and default settings for element options. By default the style name is the
-same as the widget's class name, but it may be overriden by the widget's style
+same as the widget's class name, but it may be overridden by the widget's style
 option. If you don't know the class name of a widget, use the method
 :meth:`Misc.winfo_class` (somewidget.winfo_class()).
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/token.rst b/Doc/library/token.rst
index 4cd7098..88fb38b 100644
--- a/Doc/library/token.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/token.rst
@@ -93,6 +93,7 @@ The token constants are:
           DOUBLESLASH
           DOUBLESLASHEQUAL
           AT
+          ATEQUAL
           RARROW
           ELLIPSIS
           OP
diff --git a/Doc/library/traceback.rst b/Doc/library/traceback.rst
index 15fbedc..c6b5d0c 100644
--- a/Doc/library/traceback.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/traceback.rst
@@ -136,6 +136,162 @@ The module defines the following functions:
 
    .. versionadded:: 3.4
 
+.. function:: walk_stack(f)
+
+   Walk a stack following ``f.f_back`` from the given frame, yielding the frame
+   and line number for each frame. If *f* is ``None``, the current stack is
+   used. This helper is used with :meth:`StackSummary.extract`.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+.. function:: walk_tb(tb)
+
+   Walk a traceback following ``tb_next`` yielding the frame and line number
+   for each frame. This helper is used with :meth:`StackSummary.extract`.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+The module also defines the following classes:
+
+:class:`TracebackException` Objects
+-----------------------------------
+
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+:class:`TracebackException` objects are created from actual exceptions to
+capture data for later printing in a lightweight fashion.
+
+.. class:: TracebackException(exc_type, exc_value, exc_traceback, *, limit=None, lookup_lines=True, capture_locals=False)
+
+   Capture an exception for later rendering. *limit*, *lookup_lines* and
+   *capture_locals* are as for the :class:`StackSummary` class.
+
+   Note that when locals are captured, they are also shown in the traceback.
+
+   .. attribute:: __cause__
+
+      A :class:`TracebackException` of the original ``__cause__``.
+
+   .. attribute:: __context__
+
+      A :class:`TracebackException` of the original ``__context__``.
+
+   .. attribute:: __suppress_context__
+
+      The ``__suppress_context__`` value from the original exception.
+
+   .. attribute:: stack
+
+      A :class:`StackSummary` representing the traceback.
+
+   .. attribute:: exc_type
+
+      The class of the original traceback.
+
+   .. attribute:: filename
+
+      For syntax errors - the file name where the error occurred.
+
+   .. attribute:: lineno
+
+      For syntax errors - the line number where the error occurred.
+
+   .. attribute:: text
+
+      For syntax errors - the text where the error occurred.
+
+   .. attribute:: offset
+
+      For syntax errors - the offset into the text where the error occurred.
+
+   .. attribute:: msg
+
+      For syntax errors - the compiler error message.
+
+   .. classmethod:: from_exception(exc, *, limit=None, lookup_lines=True, capture_locals=False)
+
+      Capture an exception for later rendering. *limit*, *lookup_lines* and
+      *capture_locals* are as for the :class:`StackSummary` class.
+
+      Note that when locals are captured, they are also shown in the traceback.
+
+   .. method:: format(*, chain=True)
+
+      Format the exception.
+
+      If *chain* is not ``True``, ``__cause__`` and ``__context__`` will not
+      be formatted.
+
+      The return value is a generator of strings, each ending in a newline and
+      some containing internal newlines. :func:`~traceback.print_exception`
+      is a wrapper around this method which just prints the lines to a file.
+
+      The message indicating which exception occurred is always the last
+      string in the output.
+
+   .. method::  format_exception_only()
+
+      Format the exception part of the traceback.
+
+      The return value is a generator of strings, each ending in a newline.
+
+      Normally, the generator emits a single string; however, for
+      :exc:`SyntaxError` exceptions, it emits several lines that (when
+      printed) display detailed information about where the syntax
+      error occurred.
+
+      The message indicating which exception occurred is always the last
+      string in the output.
+
+
+:class:`StackSummary` Objects
+-----------------------------
+
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+:class:`StackSummary` objects represent a call stack ready for formatting.
+
+.. class:: StackSummary
+
+   .. classmethod:: extract(frame_gen, *, limit=None, lookup_lines=True, capture_locals=False)
+
+      Construct a :class:`StackSummary` object from a frame generator (such as
+      is returned by :func:`~traceback.walk_stack` or
+      :func:`~traceback.walk_tb`).
+
+      If *limit* is supplied, only this many frames are taken from *frame_gen*.
+      If *lookup_lines* is ``False``, the returned :class:`FrameSummary`
+      objects will not have read their lines in yet, making the cost of
+      creating the :class:`StackSummary` cheaper (which may be valuable if it
+      may not actually get formatted). If *capture_locals* is ``True`` the
+      local variables in each :class:`FrameSummary` are captured as object
+      representations.
+
+   .. classmethod:: from_list(a_list)
+
+      Construct a :class:`StackSummary` object from a supplied old-style list
+      of tuples. Each tuple should be a 4-tuple with filename, lineno, name,
+      line as the elements.
+
+
+:class:`FrameSummary` Objects
+-----------------------------
+
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+:class:`FrameSummary` objects represent a single frame in a traceback.
+
+.. class:: FrameSummary(filename, lineno, name, lookup_line=True, locals=None, line=None)
+
+   Represent a single frame in the traceback or stack that is being formatted
+   or printed. It may optionally have a stringified version of the frames
+   locals included in it. If *lookup_line* is ``False``, the source code is not
+   looked up until the :class:`FrameSummary` has the :attr:`~FrameSummary.line`
+   attribute accessed (which also happens when casting it to a tuple).
+   :attr:`~FrameSummary.line` may be directly provided, and will prevent line
+   lookups happening at all. *locals* is an optional local variable
+   dictionary, and if supplied the variable representations are stored in the
+   summary for later display.
 
 .. _traceback-example:
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/tracemalloc.rst b/Doc/library/tracemalloc.rst
index 552e84b..a04a432 100644
--- a/Doc/library/tracemalloc.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/tracemalloc.rst
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Functions
    the *nframe* parameter of the :func:`start` function to store more frames.
 
    The :mod:`tracemalloc` module must be tracing memory allocations to take a
-   snapshot, see the the :func:`start` function.
+   snapshot, see the :func:`start` function.
 
    See also the :func:`get_object_traceback` function.
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/turtle.rst b/Doc/library/turtle.rst
index 5899f3d..30dd6ef 100644
--- a/Doc/library/turtle.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/turtle.rst
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ Input methods
 
    Pop up a dialog window for input of a number. title is the title of the
    dialog window, prompt is a text mostly describing what numerical information
-   to input. default: default value, minval: minimum value for imput,
+   to input. default: default value, minval: minimum value for input,
    maxval: maximum value for input
    The number input must be in the range minval .. maxval if these are
    given. If not, a hint is issued and the dialog remains open for
@@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ Settings and special methods
 
       >>> cv = screen.getcanvas()
       >>> cv
-      <turtle.ScrolledCanvas object at ...>
+      <turtle.ScrolledCanvas object ...>
 
 
 .. function:: getshapes()
@@ -2351,6 +2351,9 @@ The demo scripts are:
 |                | pairwise in opposite         | shapesize, tilt,      |
 |                | direction                    | get_shapepoly, update |
 +----------------+------------------------------+-----------------------+
+| sorting_animate| visual demonstration of      | simple alignment,     |
+|                | different sorting methods    | randomization         |
++----------------+------------------------------+-----------------------+
 | tree           | a (graphical) breadth        | :func:`clone`         |
 |                | first tree (using generators)|                       |
 +----------------+------------------------------+-----------------------+
@@ -2402,7 +2405,7 @@ Changes since Python 3.0
   Accordingly the latter has got an alias: :meth:`Screen.onkeyrelease`.
 
 - The method  :meth:`Screen.mainloop` has been added. So when working only
-  with Screen and Turtle objects one must not additonally import
+  with Screen and Turtle objects one must not additionally import
   :func:`mainloop` anymore.
 
 - Two input methods has been added :meth:`Screen.textinput` and
diff --git a/Doc/library/types.rst b/Doc/library/types.rst
index abdb939..34fffe6 100644
--- a/Doc/library/types.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/types.rst
@@ -115,6 +115,10 @@ Standard names are defined for the following types:
    The type of :term:`modules <module>`. Constructor takes the name of the
    module to be created and optionally its :term:`docstring`.
 
+   .. note::
+      Use :func:`importlib.util.module_from_spec` to create a new module if you
+      wish to set the various import-controlled attributes.
+
    .. attribute:: __doc__
 
       The :term:`docstring` of the module. Defaults to ``None``.
diff --git a/Doc/library/unicodedata.rst b/Doc/library/unicodedata.rst
index 3b3d3a0..24ddef8 100644
--- a/Doc/library/unicodedata.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/unicodedata.rst
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
 
 This module provides access to the Unicode Character Database (UCD) which
 defines character properties for all Unicode characters. The data contained in
-this database is compiled from the `UCD version 6.3.0
-<http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd>`_.
+this database is compiled from the `UCD version 7.0.0
+<http://www.unicode.org/Public/7.0.0/ucd>`_.
 
 The module uses the same names and symbols as defined by Unicode
 Standard Annex #44, `"Unicode Character Database"
@@ -166,6 +166,6 @@ Examples:
 
 .. rubric:: Footnotes
 
-.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/NameAliases.txt
+.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/7.0.0/ucd/NameAliases.txt
 
-.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/NamedSequences.txt
+.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/7.0.0/ucd/NamedSequences.txt
diff --git a/Doc/library/unittest.mock.rst b/Doc/library/unittest.mock.rst
index 91d5a27..f76c301 100644
--- a/Doc/library/unittest.mock.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/unittest.mock.rst
@@ -181,71 +181,77 @@ The Mock Class
 --------------
 
 
-`Mock` is a flexible mock object intended to replace the use of stubs and
+:class:`Mock` is a flexible mock object intended to replace the use of stubs and
 test doubles throughout your code. Mocks are callable and create attributes as
 new mocks when you access them [#]_. Accessing the same attribute will always
 return the same mock. Mocks record how you use them, allowing you to make
 assertions about what your code has done to them.
 
-:class:`MagicMock` is a subclass of `Mock` with all the magic methods
+:class:`MagicMock` is a subclass of :class:`Mock` with all the magic methods
 pre-created and ready to use. There are also non-callable variants, useful
 when you are mocking out objects that aren't callable:
 :class:`NonCallableMock` and :class:`NonCallableMagicMock`
 
 The :func:`patch` decorators makes it easy to temporarily replace classes
-in a particular module with a `Mock` object. By default `patch` will create
-a `MagicMock` for you. You can specify an alternative class of `Mock` using
-the `new_callable` argument to `patch`.
+in a particular module with a :class:`Mock` object. By default :func:`patch` will create
+a :class:`MagicMock` for you. You can specify an alternative class of :class:`Mock` using
+the *new_callable* argument to :func:`patch`.
 
 
-.. class:: Mock(spec=None, side_effect=None, return_value=DEFAULT, wraps=None, name=None, spec_set=None, **kwargs)
+.. class:: Mock(spec=None, side_effect=None, return_value=DEFAULT, wraps=None, name=None, spec_set=None, unsafe=False, **kwargs)
 
-    Create a new `Mock` object. `Mock` takes several optional arguments
+    Create a new :class:`Mock` object. :class:`Mock` takes several optional arguments
     that specify the behaviour of the Mock object:
 
-    * `spec`: This can be either a list of strings or an existing object (a
+    * *spec*: This can be either a list of strings or an existing object (a
       class or instance) that acts as the specification for the mock object. If
       you pass in an object then a list of strings is formed by calling dir on
       the object (excluding unsupported magic attributes and methods).
-      Accessing any attribute not in this list will raise an `AttributeError`.
+      Accessing any attribute not in this list will raise an :exc:`AttributeError`.
 
-      If `spec` is an object (rather than a list of strings) then
+      If *spec* is an object (rather than a list of strings) then
       :attr:`~instance.__class__` returns the class of the spec object. This
-      allows mocks to pass `isinstance` tests.
+      allows mocks to pass :func:`isinstance` tests.
 
-    * `spec_set`: A stricter variant of `spec`. If used, attempting to *set*
+    * *spec_set*: A stricter variant of *spec*. If used, attempting to *set*
       or get an attribute on the mock that isn't on the object passed as
-      `spec_set` will raise an `AttributeError`.
+      *spec_set* will raise an :exc:`AttributeError`.
 
-    * `side_effect`: A function to be called whenever the Mock is called. See
+    * *side_effect*: A function to be called whenever the Mock is called. See
       the :attr:`~Mock.side_effect` attribute. Useful for raising exceptions or
       dynamically changing return values. The function is called with the same
       arguments as the mock, and unless it returns :data:`DEFAULT`, the return
       value of this function is used as the return value.
 
-      Alternatively `side_effect` can be an exception class or instance. In
+      Alternatively *side_effect* can be an exception class or instance. In
       this case the exception will be raised when the mock is called.
 
-      If `side_effect` is an iterable then each call to the mock will return
+      If *side_effect* is an iterable then each call to the mock will return
       the next value from the iterable.
 
-      A `side_effect` can be cleared by setting it to `None`.
+      A *side_effect* can be cleared by setting it to ``None``.
 
-    * `return_value`: The value returned when the mock is called. By default
+    * *return_value*: The value returned when the mock is called. By default
       this is a new Mock (created on first access). See the
       :attr:`return_value` attribute.
 
-    * `wraps`: Item for the mock object to wrap. If `wraps` is not None then
+    * *unsafe*: By default if any attribute starts with *assert* or
+      *assret* will raise an :exc:`AttributeError`. Passing ``unsafe=True``
+      will allow access to these attributes.
+
+      .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+    * *wraps*: Item for the mock object to wrap. If *wraps* is not None then
       calling the Mock will pass the call through to the wrapped object
       (returning the real result). Attribute access on the mock will return a
       Mock object that wraps the corresponding attribute of the wrapped
       object (so attempting to access an attribute that doesn't exist will
-      raise an `AttributeError`).
+      raise an :exc:`AttributeError`).
 
-      If the mock has an explicit `return_value` set then calls are not passed
-      to the wrapped object and the `return_value` is returned instead.
+      If the mock has an explicit *return_value* set then calls are not passed
+      to the wrapped object and the *return_value* is returned instead.
 
-    * `name`: If the mock has a name then it will be used in the repr of the
+    * *name*: If the mock has a name then it will be used in the repr of the
       mock. This can be useful for debugging. The name is propagated to child
       mocks.
 
@@ -315,6 +321,20 @@ the `new_callable` argument to `patch`.
             >>> calls = [call(4), call(2), call(3)]
             >>> mock.assert_has_calls(calls, any_order=True)
 
+    .. method:: assert_not_called(*args, **kwargs)
+
+        Assert the mock was never called.
+
+            >>> m = Mock()
+            >>> m.hello.assert_not_called()
+            >>> obj = m.hello()
+            >>> m.hello.assert_not_called()
+            Traceback (most recent call last):
+              ...
+            AssertionError: Expected 'hello' to not have been called. Called 1 times.
+
+        .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 
     .. method:: reset_mock()
 
@@ -1032,25 +1052,31 @@ patch
     default because it can be dangerous. With it switched on you can write
     passing tests against APIs that don't actually exist!
 
-    Patch can be used as a `TestCase` class decorator. It works by
+    .. note::
+
+        .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+           If you are patching builtins in a module then you don't
+           need to pass ``create=True``, it will be added by default.
+
+    Patch can be used as a :class:`TestCase` class decorator. It works by
     decorating each test method in the class. This reduces the boilerplate
-    code when your test methods share a common patchings set. `patch` finds
-    tests by looking for method names that start with `patch.TEST_PREFIX`.
-    By default this is `test`, which matches the way `unittest` finds tests.
-    You can specify an alternative prefix by setting `patch.TEST_PREFIX`.
+    code when your test methods share a common patchings set. :func:`patch` finds
+    tests by looking for method names that start with ``patch.TEST_PREFIX``.
+    By default this is ``'test'``, which matches the way :mod:`unittest` finds tests.
+    You can specify an alternative prefix by setting ``patch.TEST_PREFIX``.
 
     Patch can be used as a context manager, with the with statement. Here the
     patching applies to the indented block after the with statement. If you
     use "as" then the patched object will be bound to the name after the
-    "as"; very useful if `patch` is creating a mock object for you.
+    "as"; very useful if :func:`patch` is creating a mock object for you.
 
-    `patch` takes arbitrary keyword arguments. These will be passed to
-    the `Mock` (or `new_callable`) on construction.
+    :func:`patch` takes arbitrary keyword arguments. These will be passed to
+    the :class:`Mock` (or *new_callable*) on construction.
 
-    `patch.dict(...)`, `patch.multiple(...)` and `patch.object(...)` are
+    ``patch.dict(...)``, ``patch.multiple(...)`` and ``patch.object(...)`` are
     available for alternate use-cases.
 
-`patch` as function decorator, creating the mock for you and passing it into
+:func:`patch` as function decorator, creating the mock for you and passing it into
 the decorated function:
 
     >>> @patch('__main__.SomeClass')
@@ -1392,15 +1418,31 @@ method of a :class:`TestCase`:
         ...         assert package.module.Class is self.MockClass
         ...
 
-    As an added bonus you no longer need to keep a reference to the `patcher`
+    As an added bonus you no longer need to keep a reference to the ``patcher``
     object.
 
 It is also possible to stop all patches which have been started by using
-`patch.stopall`.
+:func:`patch.stopall`.
 
 .. function:: patch.stopall
 
-    Stop all active patches. Only stops patches started with `start`.
+    Stop all active patches. Only stops patches started with ``start``.
+
+
+.. _patch-builtins:
+
+patch builtins
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+You can patch any builtins within a module. The following example patches
+builtin :func:`ord`:
+
+    >>> @patch('__main__.ord')
+    ... def test(mock_ord):
+    ...     mock_ord.return_value = 101
+    ...     print(ord('c'))
+    ...
+    >>> test()
+    101
 
 
 TEST_PREFIX
@@ -1587,7 +1629,7 @@ The full list of supported magic methods is:
 * Context manager: ``__enter__`` and ``__exit__``
 * Unary numeric methods: ``__neg__``, ``__pos__`` and ``__invert__``
 * The numeric methods (including right hand and in-place variants):
-  ``__add__``, ``__sub__``, ``__mul__``, ``__div__``,``__truediv__``,
+  ``__add__``, ``__sub__``, ``__mul__``, ``__matmul__``, ``__div__``, ``__truediv__``,
   ``__floordiv__``, ``__mod__``, ``__divmod__``, ``__lshift__``,
   ``__rshift__``, ``__and__``, ``__xor__``, ``__or__``, and ``__pow__``
 * Numeric conversion methods: ``__complex__``, ``__int__``, ``__float__``
@@ -2013,7 +2055,7 @@ Mocking context managers with a :class:`MagicMock` is common enough and fiddly
 enough that a helper function is useful.
 
     >>> m = mock_open()
-    >>> with patch('__main__.open', m, create=True):
+    >>> with patch('__main__.open', m):
     ...     with open('foo', 'w') as h:
     ...         h.write('some stuff')
     ...
@@ -2028,7 +2070,7 @@ enough that a helper function is useful.
 
 And for reading files:
 
-    >>> with patch('__main__.open', mock_open(read_data='bibble'), create=True) as m:
+    >>> with patch('__main__.open', mock_open(read_data='bibble')) as m:
     ...     with open('foo') as h:
     ...         result = h.read()
     ...
diff --git a/Doc/library/unittest.rst b/Doc/library/unittest.rst
index c65a99d..7ddf703 100644
--- a/Doc/library/unittest.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/unittest.rst
@@ -223,9 +223,16 @@ Command-line options
 
    Stop the test run on the first error or failure.
 
+.. cmdoption:: --locals
+
+   Show local variables in tracebacks.
+
 .. versionadded:: 3.2
    The command-line options ``-b``, ``-c`` and ``-f`` were added.
 
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+   The command-line option ``--locals``.
+
 The command line can also be used for test discovery, for running all of the
 tests in a project or just a subset.
 
@@ -1552,6 +1559,20 @@ Loading and running tests
    :data:`unittest.defaultTestLoader`.  Using a subclass or instance, however,
    allows customization of some configurable properties.
 
+   :class:`TestLoader` objects have the following attributes:
+
+
+   .. attribute:: errors
+
+      A list of the non-fatal errors encountered while loading tests. Not reset
+      by the loader at any point. Fatal errors are signalled by the relevant
+      a method raising an exception to the caller. Non-fatal errors are also
+      indicated by a synthetic test that will raise the original error when
+      run.
+
+      .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+
    :class:`TestLoader` objects have the following methods:
 
 
@@ -1561,7 +1582,7 @@ Loading and running tests
       :class:`testCaseClass`.
 
 
-   .. method:: loadTestsFromModule(module)
+   .. method:: loadTestsFromModule(module, pattern=None)
 
       Return a suite of all tests cases contained in the given module. This
       method searches *module* for classes derived from :class:`TestCase` and
@@ -1578,11 +1599,18 @@ Loading and running tests
 
       If a module provides a ``load_tests`` function it will be called to
       load the tests. This allows modules to customize test loading.
-      This is the `load_tests protocol`_.
+      This is the `load_tests protocol`_.  The *pattern* argument is passed as
+      the third argument to ``load_tests``.
 
       .. versionchanged:: 3.2
          Support for ``load_tests`` added.
 
+      .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+         The undocumented and unofficial *use_load_tests* default argument is
+         deprecated and ignored, although it is still accepted for backward
+         compatibility.  The method also now accepts a keyword-only argument
+         *pattern* which is passed to ``load_tests`` as the third argument.
+
 
    .. method:: loadTestsFromName(name, module=None)
 
@@ -1608,6 +1636,12 @@ Loading and running tests
 
       The method optionally resolves *name* relative to the given *module*.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      If an :exc:`ImportError` or :exc:`AttributeError` occurs while traversing
+      *name* then a synthetic test that raises that error when run will be
+      returned. These errors are included in the errors accumulated by
+      self.errors.
+
 
    .. method:: loadTestsFromNames(names, module=None)
 
@@ -1634,18 +1668,22 @@ Loading and running tests
       the start directory is not the top level directory then the top level
       directory must be specified separately.
 
-      If importing a module fails, for example due to a syntax error, then this
-      will be recorded as a single error and discovery will continue.  If the
-      import failure is due to :exc:`SkipTest` being raised, it will be recorded
-      as a skip instead of an error.
+      If importing a module fails, for example due to a syntax error, then
+      this will be recorded as a single error and discovery will continue.  If
+      the import failure is due to :exc:`SkipTest` being raised, it will be
+      recorded as a skip instead of an error.
 
-      If a test package name (directory with :file:`__init__.py`) matches the
-      pattern then the package will be checked for a ``load_tests``
-      function. If this exists then it will be called with *loader*, *tests*,
-      *pattern*.
+      If a package (a directory containing a file named :file:`__init__.py`) is
+      found, the package will be checked for a ``load_tests`` function. If this
+      exists then it will be called
+      ``package.load_tests(loader, tests, pattern)``. Test discovery takes care
+      to ensure that a package is only checked for tests once during an
+      invocation, even if the load_tests function itself calls
+      ``loader.discover``.
 
-      If ``load_tests`` exists then discovery does *not* recurse into the package,
-      ``load_tests`` is responsible for loading all tests in the package.
+      If ``load_tests`` exists then discovery does *not* recurse into the
+      package, ``load_tests`` is responsible for loading all tests in the
+      package.
 
       The pattern is deliberately not stored as a loader attribute so that
       packages can continue discovery themselves. *top_level_dir* is stored so
@@ -1664,6 +1702,11 @@ Loading and running tests
            the same even if the underlying file system's ordering is not
            dependent on file name.
 
+      .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+         Found packages are now checked for ``load_tests`` regardless of
+         whether their path matches *pattern*, because it is impossible for
+         a package name to match the default pattern.
+
 
    The following attributes of a :class:`TestLoader` can be configured either by
    subclassing or assignment on an instance:
@@ -1746,12 +1789,10 @@ Loading and running tests
 
       Set to ``True`` when the execution of tests should stop by :meth:`stop`.
 
-
    .. attribute:: testsRun
 
       The total number of tests run so far.
 
-
    .. attribute:: buffer
 
       If set to true, ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` will be buffered in between
@@ -1761,7 +1802,6 @@ Loading and running tests
 
       .. versionadded:: 3.2
 
-
    .. attribute:: failfast
 
       If set to true :meth:`stop` will be called on the first failure or error,
@@ -1769,6 +1809,11 @@ Loading and running tests
 
       .. versionadded:: 3.2
 
+   .. attribute:: tb_locals
+
+      If set to true then local variables will be shown in tracebacks.
+
+      .. versionadded:: 3.5
 
    .. method:: wasSuccessful()
 
@@ -1779,7 +1824,6 @@ Loading and running tests
          Returns ``False`` if there were any :attr:`unexpectedSuccesses`
          from tests marked with the :func:`expectedFailure` decorator.
 
-
    .. method:: stop()
 
       This method can be called to signal that the set of tests being run should
@@ -1911,12 +1955,14 @@ Loading and running tests
 
 
 .. class:: TextTestRunner(stream=None, descriptions=True, verbosity=1, failfast=False, \
-                          buffer=False, resultclass=None, warnings=None)
+                          buffer=False, resultclass=None, warnings=None, *, tb_locals=False)
 
    A basic test runner implementation that outputs results to a stream. If *stream*
    is ``None``, the default, :data:`sys.stderr` is used as the output stream. This class
    has a few configurable parameters, but is essentially very simple.  Graphical
-   applications which run test suites should provide alternate implementations.
+   applications which run test suites should provide alternate implementations. Such
+   implementations should accept ``**kwargs`` as the interface to construct runners
+   changes when features are added to unittest.
 
    By default this runner shows :exc:`DeprecationWarning`,
    :exc:`PendingDeprecationWarning`, :exc:`ResourceWarning` and
@@ -1935,6 +1981,9 @@ Loading and running tests
       The default stream is set to :data:`sys.stderr` at instantiation time rather
       than import time.
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      Added the tb_locals parameter.
+
    .. method:: _makeResult()
 
       This method returns the instance of ``TestResult`` used by :meth:`run`.
@@ -2032,7 +2081,10 @@ test runs or test discovery by implementing a function called ``load_tests``.
 If a test module defines ``load_tests`` it will be called by
 :meth:`TestLoader.loadTestsFromModule` with the following arguments::
 
-    load_tests(loader, standard_tests, None)
+    load_tests(loader, standard_tests, pattern)
+
+where *pattern* is passed straight through from ``loadTestsFromModule``.  It
+defaults to ``None``.
 
 It should return a :class:`TestSuite`.
 
@@ -2054,21 +2106,12 @@ A typical ``load_tests`` function that loads tests from a specific set of
             suite.addTests(tests)
         return suite
 
-If discovery is started, either from the command line or by calling
-:meth:`TestLoader.discover`, with a pattern that matches a package
-name then the package :file:`__init__.py` will be checked for ``load_tests``.
-
-.. note::
-
-   The default pattern is ``'test*.py'``. This matches all Python files
-   that start with ``'test'`` but *won't* match any test directories.
-
-   A pattern like ``'test*'`` will match test packages as well as
-   modules.
-
-If the package :file:`__init__.py` defines ``load_tests`` then it will be
-called and discovery not continued into the package. ``load_tests``
-is called with the following arguments::
+If discovery is started in a directory containing a package, either from the
+command line or by calling :meth:`TestLoader.discover`, then the package
+:file:`__init__.py` will be checked for ``load_tests``.  If that function does
+not exist, discovery will recurse into the package as though it were just
+another directory.  Otherwise, discovery of the package's tests will be left up
+to ``load_tests`` which is called with the following arguments::
 
     load_tests(loader, standard_tests, pattern)
 
@@ -2087,6 +2130,11 @@ continue (and potentially modify) test discovery. A 'do nothing'
         standard_tests.addTests(package_tests)
         return standard_tests
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   Discovery no longer checks package names for matching *pattern* due to the
+   impossibility of package names matching the default pattern.
+
+
 
 Class and Module Fixtures
 -------------------------
diff --git a/Doc/library/urllib.parse.rst b/Doc/library/urllib.parse.rst
index 154a521..3ecdda1 100644
--- a/Doc/library/urllib.parse.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/urllib.parse.rst
@@ -268,6 +268,11 @@ or on combining URL components into a URL string.
    :func:`urlunsplit`, removing possible *scheme* and *netloc* parts.
 
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+
+      Behaviour updated to match the semantics defined in :rfc:`3986`.
+
+
 .. function:: urldefrag(url)
 
    If *url* contains a fragment identifier, return a modified version of *url*
diff --git a/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst b/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst
index 249396e..2400526 100644
--- a/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The :mod:`urllib.request` module defines the following functions:
    :class:`http.client.HTTPResponse` object which has the following
    :ref:`httpresponse-objects` methods.
 
-   For ftp, file, and data urls and requests explicity handled by legacy
+   For ftp, file, and data urls and requests explicitly handled by legacy
    :class:`URLopener` and :class:`FancyURLopener` classes, this function
    returns a :class:`urllib.response.addinfourl` object which can work as
    :term:`context manager` and has methods such as
@@ -110,6 +110,7 @@ The :mod:`urllib.request` module defines the following functions:
    .. versionchanged:: 3.4.3
       *context* was added.
 
+
 .. function:: install_opener(opener)
 
    Install an :class:`OpenerDirector` instance as the default global opener.
@@ -300,6 +301,17 @@ The following classes are provided:
    presented with a wrong Authentication scheme.
 
 
+.. class:: HTTPBasicPriorAuthHandler(password_mgr=None)
+
+   A variant of :class:`HTTPBasicAuthHandler` which automatically sends
+   authorization credentials with the first request, rather than waiting to
+   first receive a HTTP 401 "Unauthorised" error response. This allows
+   authentication to sites that don't provide a 401 response when receiving
+   a request without an Authorization header. Aside from this difference,
+   this behaves exactly as :class:`HTTPBasicAuthHandler`.
+
+   .. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. class:: ProxyBasicAuthHandler(password_mgr=None)
 
    Handle authentication with the proxy. *password_mgr*, if given, should be
@@ -1066,7 +1078,7 @@ The following W3C document, http://www.w3.org/International/O-charset\ , lists
 the various ways in which a (X)HTML or a XML document could have specified its
 encoding information.
 
-As the python.org website uses *utf-8* encoding as specified in it's meta tag, we
+As the python.org website uses *utf-8* encoding as specified in its meta tag, we
 will use the same for decoding the bytes object. ::
 
    >>> with urllib.request.urlopen('http://www.python.org/') as f:
diff --git a/Doc/library/weakref.rst b/Doc/library/weakref.rst
index 9ca60a9..2e16077 100644
--- a/Doc/library/weakref.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/weakref.rst
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ These method have the same issues as the and :meth:`keyrefs` method of
    are called in reverse order of creation.
 
    A finalizer will never invoke its callback during the later part of
-   the interpreter shutdown when module globals are liable to have
+   the :term:`interpreter shutdown` when module globals are liable to have
    been replaced by :const:`None`.
 
    .. method:: __call__()
@@ -527,8 +527,8 @@ follows::
 
 Starting with Python 3.4, :meth:`__del__` methods no longer prevent
 reference cycles from being garbage collected, and module globals are
-no longer forced to :const:`None` during interpreter shutdown. So this
-code should work without any issues on CPython.
+no longer forced to :const:`None` during :term:`interpreter shutdown`.
+So this code should work without any issues on CPython.
 
 However, handling of :meth:`__del__` methods is notoriously implementation
 specific, since it depends on internal details of the interpreter's garbage
@@ -566,8 +566,8 @@ third party, such as running code when a module is unloaded::
 
 .. note::
 
-   If you create a finalizer object in a daemonic thread just as the
-   the program exits then there is the possibility that the finalizer
+   If you create a finalizer object in a daemonic thread just as the program
+   exits then there is the possibility that the finalizer
    does not get called at exit.  However, in a daemonic thread
    :func:`atexit.register`, ``try: ... finally: ...`` and ``with: ...``
    do not guarantee that cleanup occurs either.
diff --git a/Doc/library/webbrowser.rst b/Doc/library/webbrowser.rst
index ef63769..aa5e4ad 100644
--- a/Doc/library/webbrowser.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/webbrowser.rst
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ available.  If text-mode browsers are used, the calling process will block until
 the user exits the browser.
 
 If the environment variable :envvar:`BROWSER` exists, it is interpreted as the
-:data:`os.pathsep`-separated list of browsers to try ahead of the the platform
+:data:`os.pathsep`-separated list of browsers to try ahead of the platform
 defaults.  When the value of a list part contains the string ``%s``, then it is
 interpreted as a literal browser command line to be used with the argument URL
 substituted for ``%s``; if the part does not contain ``%s``, it is simply
diff --git a/Doc/library/wsgiref.rst b/Doc/library/wsgiref.rst
index 1cef2e9..2238140 100644
--- a/Doc/library/wsgiref.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/wsgiref.rst
@@ -184,10 +184,11 @@ This module provides a single class, :class:`Headers`, for convenient
 manipulation of WSGI response headers using a mapping-like interface.
 
 
-.. class:: Headers(headers)
+.. class:: Headers([headers])
 
    Create a mapping-like object wrapping *headers*, which must be a list of header
-   name/value tuples as described in :pep:`3333`.
+   name/value tuples as described in :pep:`3333`. The default value of *headers* is
+   an empty list.
 
    :class:`Headers` objects support typical mapping operations including
    :meth:`__getitem__`, :meth:`get`, :meth:`__setitem__`, :meth:`setdefault`,
@@ -251,6 +252,10 @@ manipulation of WSGI response headers using a mapping-like interface.
          Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="bud.gif"
 
 
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
+      *headers* parameter is optional.
+
+
 :mod:`wsgiref.simple_server` -- a simple WSGI HTTP server
 ---------------------------------------------------------
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/xml.dom.rst b/Doc/library/xml.dom.rst
index 19512ed..4914738 100644
--- a/Doc/library/xml.dom.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/xml.dom.rst
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ objects:
 .. method:: NodeList.item(i)
 
    Return the *i*'th item from the sequence, if there is one, or ``None``.  The
-   index *i* is not allowed to be less then zero or greater than or equal to the
+   index *i* is not allowed to be less than zero or greater than or equal to the
    length of the sequence.
 
 
diff --git a/Doc/library/xmlrpc.client.rst b/Doc/library/xmlrpc.client.rst
index cc5e83a..e199931 100644
--- a/Doc/library/xmlrpc.client.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/xmlrpc.client.rst
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ between conformable Python objects and XML on the wire.
    constructed data.  If you need to parse untrusted or unauthenticated data see
    :ref:`xml-vulnerabilities`.
 
-.. versionchanged:: 3.4.3
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
 
    For https URIs, :mod:`xmlrpc.client` now performs all the necessary
    certificate and hostname checks by default
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ between conformable Python objects and XML on the wire.
    :class:`Server` is retained as an alias for :class:`ServerProxy` for backwards
    compatibility.  New code should use :class:`ServerProxy`.
 
-   .. versionchanged:: 3.4.3
+   .. versionchanged:: 3.5
       Added the *context* argument.
 
 
@@ -200,6 +200,11 @@ grouped under the reserved :attr:`system` attribute:
    no such string is available, an empty string is returned. The documentation
    string may contain HTML markup.
 
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+
+   Instances of :class:`ServerProxy` support the :term:`context manager` protocol
+   for closing the underlying transport.
+
 
 A working example follows. The server code::
 
@@ -217,9 +222,9 @@ The client code for the preceding server::
 
    import xmlrpc.client
 
-   proxy = xmlrpc.client.ServerProxy("http://localhost:8000/")
-   print("3 is even: %s" % str(proxy.is_even(3)))
-   print("100 is even: %s" % str(proxy.is_even(100)))
+   with xmlrpc.client.ServerProxy("http://localhost:8000/") as proxy:
+       print("3 is even: %s" % str(proxy.is_even(3)))
+       print("100 is even: %s" % str(proxy.is_even(100)))
 
 .. _datetime-objects:
 
@@ -527,14 +532,14 @@ Example of Client Usage
    from xmlrpc.client import ServerProxy, Error
 
    # server = ServerProxy("http://localhost:8000") # local server
-   server = ServerProxy("http://betty.userland.com")
+   with ServerProxy("http://betty.userland.com") as proxy:
 
-   print(server)
+       print(proxy)
 
-   try:
-       print(server.examples.getStateName(41))
-   except Error as v:
-       print("ERROR", v)
+       try:
+           print(proxy.examples.getStateName(41))
+       except Error as v:
+           print("ERROR", v)
 
 To access an XML-RPC server through a proxy, you need to define  a custom
 transport.  The following example shows how:
diff --git a/Doc/library/zipapp.rst b/Doc/library/zipapp.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00250b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Doc/library/zipapp.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+:mod:`zipapp` --- Manage executable python zip archives
+=======================================================
+
+.. module:: zipapp
+   :synopsis: Manage executable python zip archives
+
+
+.. index::
+   single: Executable Zip Files
+
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+
+**Source code:** :source:`Lib/zipapp.py`
+
+--------------
+
+This module provides tools to manage the creation of zip files containing
+Python code, which can be  :ref:`executed directly by the Python interpreter
+<using-on-interface-options>`.  The module provides both a
+:ref:`zipapp-command-line-interface` and a :ref:`zipapp-python-api`.
+
+
+Basic Example
+-------------
+
+The following example shows how the :ref:`command-line-interface`
+can be used to create an executable archive from a directory containing
+Python code.  When run, the archive will execute the ``main`` function from
+the module ``myapp`` in the archive.
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   $ python -m zipapp myapp -m "myapp:main"
+   $ python myapp.pyz
+   <output from myapp>
+
+
+.. _zipapp-command-line-interface:
+
+Command-Line Interface
+----------------------
+
+When called as a program from the command line, the following form is used:
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   $ python -m zipapp source [options]
+
+If *source* is a directory, this will create an archive from the contents of
+*source*.  If *source* is a file, it should be an archive, and it will be
+copied to the target archive (or the contents of its shebang line will be
+displayed if the --info option is specified).
+
+The following options are understood:
+
+.. program:: zipapp
+
+.. cmdoption:: -o <output>, --output=<output>
+
+   Write the output to a file named *output*.  If this option is not specified,
+   the output filename will be the same as the input *source*, with the
+   extension ``.pyz`` added.  If an explicit filename is given, it is used as
+   is (so a ``.pyz`` extension should be included if required).
+
+   An output filename must be specified if the *source* is an archive (and in
+   that case, *output* must not be the same as *source*).
+
+.. cmdoption:: -p <interpreter>, --python=<interpreter>
+
+   Add a ``#!`` line to the archive specifying *interpreter* as the command
+   to run.  Also, on POSIX, make the archive executable.  The default is to
+   write no ``#!`` line, and not make the file executable.
+
+.. cmdoption:: -m <mainfn>, --main=<mainfn>
+
+   Write a ``__main__.py`` file to the archive that executes *mainfn*.  The
+   *mainfn* argument should have the form "pkg.mod:fn", where "pkg.mod" is a
+   package/module in the archive, and "fn" is a callable in the given module.
+   The ``__main__.py`` file will execute that callable.
+
+   :option:`--main` cannot be specified when copying an archive.
+
+.. cmdoption:: --info
+
+   Display the interpreter embedded in the archive, for diagnostic purposes.  In
+   this case, any other options are ignored and SOURCE must be an archive, not a
+   directory.
+
+.. cmdoption:: -h, --help
+
+   Print a short usage message and exit.
+
+
+.. _zipapp-python-api:
+
+Python API
+----------
+
+The module defines two convenience functions:
+
+
+.. function:: create_archive(source, target=None, interpreter=None, main=None)
+
+   Create an application archive from *source*.  The source can be any
+   of the following:
+
+   * The name of a directory, in which case a new application archive
+     will be created from the content of that directory.
+   * The name of an existing application archive file, in which case the file is
+     copied to the target (modifying it to reflect the value given for the
+     *interpreter* argument).  The file name should include the ``.pyz``
+     extension, if required.
+   * A file object open for reading in bytes mode.  The content of the
+     file should be an application archive, and the file object is
+     assumed to be positioned at the start of the archive.
+
+   The *target* argument determines where the resulting archive will be
+   written:
+
+   * If it is the name of a file, the archive will be written to that
+     file.
+   * If it is an open file object, the archive will be written to that
+     file object, which must be open for writing in bytes mode.
+   * If the target is omitted (or None), the source must be a directory
+     and the target will be a file with the same name as the source, with
+     a ``.pyz`` extension added.
+
+   The *interpreter* argument specifies the name of the Python
+   interpreter with which the archive will be executed.  It is written as
+   a "shebang" line at the start of the archive.  On POSIX, this will be
+   interpreted by the OS, and on Windows it will be handled by the Python
+   launcher.  Omitting the *interpreter* results in no shebang line being
+   written.  If an interpreter is specified, and the target is a
+   filename, the executable bit of the target file will be set.
+
+   The *main* argument specifies the name of a callable which will be
+   used as the main program for the archive.  It can only be specified if
+   the source is a directory, and the source does not already contain a
+   ``__main__.py`` file.  The *main* argument should take the form
+   "pkg.module:callable" and the archive will be run by importing
+   "pkg.module" and executing the given callable with no arguments.  It
+   is an error to omit *main* if the source is a directory and does not
+   contain a ``__main__.py`` file, as otherwise the resulting archive
+   would not be executable.
+
+   If a file object is specified for *source* or *target*, it is the
+   caller's responsibility to close it after calling create_archive.
+
+   When copying an existing archive, file objects supplied only need
+   ``read`` and ``readline``, or ``write`` methods.  When creating an
+   archive from a directory, if the target is a file object it will be
+   passed to the ``zipfile.ZipFile`` class, and must supply the methods
+   needed by that class.
+
+.. function:: get_interpreter(archive)
+
+   Return the interpreter specified in the ``#!`` line at the start of the
+   archive.  If there is no ``#!`` line, return :const:`None`.
+   The *archive* argument can be a filename or a file-like object open
+   for reading in bytes mode.  It is assumed to be at the start of the archive.
+
+
+.. _zipapp-examples:
+
+Examples
+--------
+
+Pack up a directory into an archive, and run it.
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   $ python -m zipapp myapp
+   $ python myapp.pyz
+   <output from myapp>
+
+The same can be done using the :func:`create_archive` functon::
+
+   >>> import zipapp
+   >>> zipapp.create_archive('myapp.pyz', 'myapp')
+
+To make the application directly executable on POSIX, specify an interpreter
+to use.
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   $ python -m zipapp myapp -p "/usr/bin/env python"
+   $ ./myapp.pyz
+   <output from myapp>
+
+To replace the shebang line on an existing archive, create a modified archive
+using the :func:`create_archive` function::
+
+   >>> import zipapp
+   >>> zipapp.create_archive('old_archive.pyz', 'new_archive.pyz', '/usr/bin/python3')
+
+To update the file in place, do the replacement in memory using a :class:`BytesIO`
+object, and then overwrite the source afterwards.  Note that there is a risk
+when overwriting a file in place that an error will result in the loss of
+the original file.  This code does not protect against such errors, but
+production code should do so.  Also, this method will only work if the archive
+fits in memory::
+
+   >>> import zipapp
+   >>> import io
+   >>> temp = io.BytesIO()
+   >>> zipapp.create_archive('myapp.pyz', temp, '/usr/bin/python2')
+   >>> with open('myapp.pyz', 'wb') as f:
+   >>>     f.write(temp.getvalue())
+
+Note that if you specify an interpreter and then distribute your application
+archive, you need to ensure that the interpreter used is portable.  The Python
+launcher for Windows supports most common forms of POSIX ``#!`` line, but there
+are other issues to consider:
+
+* If you use "/usr/bin/env python" (or other forms of the "python" command,
+  such as "/usr/bin/python"), you need to consider that your users may have
+  either Python 2 or Python 3 as their default, and write your code to work
+  under both versions.
+* If you use an explicit version, for example "/usr/bin/env python3" your
+  application will not work for users who do not have that version.  (This
+  may be what you want if you have not made your code Python 2 compatible).
+* There is no way to say "python X.Y or later", so be careful of using an
+  exact version like "/usr/bin/env python3.4" as you will need to change your
+  shebang line for users of Python 3.5, for example.
+
+The Python Zip Application Archive Format
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Python has been able to execute zip files which contain a ``__main__.py`` file
+since version 2.6.  In order to be executed by Python, an application archive
+simply has to be a standard zip file containing a ``__main__.py`` file which
+will be run as the entry point for the application.  As usual for any Python
+script, the parent of the script (in this case the zip file) will be placed on
+:data:`sys.path` and thus further modules can be imported from the zip file.
+
+The zip file format allows arbitrary data to be prepended to a zip file.  The
+zip application format uses this ability to prepend a standard POSIX "shebang"
+line to the file (``#!/path/to/interpreter``).
+
+Formally, the Python zip application format is therefore:
+
+1. An optional shebang line, containing the characters ``b'#!'`` followed by an
+   interpreter name, and then a newline (``b'\n'``) character.  The interpreter
+   name can be anything acceptable to the OS "shebang" processing, or the Python
+   launcher on Windows.  The interpreter should be encoded in UTF-8 on Windows,
+   and in :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding()` on POSIX.
+2. Standard zipfile data, as generated by the :mod:`zipfile` module.  The
+   zipfile content *must* include a file called ``__main__.py`` (which must be
+   in the "root" of the zipfile - i.e., it cannot be in a subdirectory).  The
+   zipfile data can be compressed or uncompressed.
+
+If an application archive has a shebang line, it may have the executable bit set
+on POSIX systems, to allow it to be executed directly.
+
+There is no requirement that the tools in this module are used to create
+application archives - the module is a convenience, but archives in the above
+format created by any means are acceptable to Python.
+
diff --git a/Doc/library/zipfile.rst b/Doc/library/zipfile.rst
index 535552d..ef9a2ea 100644
--- a/Doc/library/zipfile.rst
+++ b/Doc/library/zipfile.rst
@@ -226,14 +226,8 @@ ZipFile Objects
 
    .. note::
 
-      If the ZipFile was created by passing in a file-like object as the  first
-      argument to the constructor, then the object returned by :meth:`.open` shares the
-      ZipFile's file pointer.  Under these  circumstances, the object returned by
-      :meth:`.open` should not  be used after any additional operations are performed
-      on the  ZipFile object.  If the ZipFile was created by passing in a string (the
-      filename) as the first argument to the constructor, then  :meth:`.open` will
-      create a new file object that will be held by the ZipExtFile, allowing it to
-      operate independently of the  ZipFile.
+      Objects returned by :meth:`.open` can operate independently of the
+      ZipFile.
 
    .. note::
 
diff --git a/Doc/make.bat b/Doc/make.bat
index 1070166..6aae34a 100644
--- a/Doc/make.bat
+++ b/Doc/make.bat
@@ -8,9 +8,17 @@ set this=%~n0
 if "%SPHINXBUILD%" EQU "" set SPHINXBUILD=sphinx-build
 if "%PYTHON%" EQU "" set PYTHON=py
 
-if DEFINED ProgramFiles(x86) set _PRGMFLS=%ProgramFiles(x86)%
-if NOT DEFINED ProgramFiles(x86) set _PRGMFLS=%ProgramFiles%
-if "%HTMLHELP%" EQU "" set HTMLHELP=%_PRGMFLS%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe
+if "%1" NEQ "htmlhelp" goto :skiphhcsearch
+if exist "%HTMLHELP%" goto :skiphhcsearch
+
+rem Search for HHC in likely places
+set HTMLHELP=
+where hhc /q && set HTMLHELP=hhc && goto :skiphhcsearch
+where /R ..\externals hhc > "%TEMP%\hhc.loc" 2> nul && set /P HTMLHELP= < "%TEMP%\hhc.loc" & del "%TEMP%\hhc.loc"
+if not exist "%HTMLHELP%" where /R "%ProgramFiles(x86)%" hhc > "%TEMP%\hhc.loc" 2> nul && set /P HTMLHELP= < "%TEMP%\hhc.loc" & del "%TEMP%\hhc.loc"
+if not exist "%HTMLHELP%" where /R "%ProgramFiles%" hhc > "%TEMP%\hhc.loc" 2> nul && set /P HTMLHELP= < "%TEMP%\hhc.loc" & del "%TEMP%\hhc.loc"
+if not exist "%HTMLHELP%" echo Cannot find HHC on PATH or in externals & exit /B 1
+:skiphhcsearch
 
 if "%DISTVERSION%" EQU "" for /f "usebackq" %%v in (`%PYTHON% tools/extensions/patchlevel.py`) do set DISTVERSION=%%v
 
@@ -36,7 +44,8 @@ if errorlevel 9009 (
     echo.
     echo.If you don't have Sphinx installed, grab it from
     echo.http://sphinx-doc.org/
-    goto end
+    popd
+    exit /B 1
 )
 
 rem Targets that do require sphinx-build and have their own label
diff --git a/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst b/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst
index e3646f8..5e909a9 100644
--- a/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst
+++ b/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst
@@ -1986,6 +1986,7 @@ left undefined.
 .. method:: object.__add__(self, other)
             object.__sub__(self, other)
             object.__mul__(self, other)
+            object.__matmul__(self, other)
             object.__truediv__(self, other)
             object.__floordiv__(self, other)
             object.__mod__(self, other)
@@ -2002,15 +2003,16 @@ left undefined.
       builtin: pow
       builtin: pow
 
-   These methods are called to implement the binary arithmetic operations (``+``,
-   ``-``, ``*``, ``/``, ``//``, ``%``, :func:`divmod`, :func:`pow`, ``**``, ``<<``,
-   ``>>``, ``&``, ``^``, ``|``).  For instance, to evaluate the expression
-   ``x + y``, where *x* is an instance of a class that has an :meth:`__add__`
-   method, ``x.__add__(y)`` is called.  The :meth:`__divmod__` method should be the
-   equivalent to using :meth:`__floordiv__` and :meth:`__mod__`; it should not be
-   related to :meth:`__truediv__`.  Note that :meth:`__pow__` should be defined
-   to accept an optional third argument if the ternary version of the built-in
-   :func:`pow` function is to be supported.
+   These methods are called to implement the binary arithmetic operations
+   (``+``, ``-``, ``*``, ``@``, ``/``, ``//``, ``%``, :func:`divmod`,
+   :func:`pow`, ``**``, ``<<``, ``>>``, ``&``, ``^``, ``|``).  For instance, to
+   evaluate the expression ``x + y``, where *x* is an instance of a class that
+   has an :meth:`__add__` method, ``x.__add__(y)`` is called.  The
+   :meth:`__divmod__` method should be the equivalent to using
+   :meth:`__floordiv__` and :meth:`__mod__`; it should not be related to
+   :meth:`__truediv__`.  Note that :meth:`__pow__` should be defined to accept
+   an optional third argument if the ternary version of the built-in :func:`pow`
+   function is to be supported.
 
    If one of those methods does not support the operation with the supplied
    arguments, it should return ``NotImplemented``.
@@ -2019,6 +2021,7 @@ left undefined.
 .. method:: object.__radd__(self, other)
             object.__rsub__(self, other)
             object.__rmul__(self, other)
+            object.__rmatmul__(self, other)
             object.__rtruediv__(self, other)
             object.__rfloordiv__(self, other)
             object.__rmod__(self, other)
@@ -2034,14 +2037,14 @@ left undefined.
       builtin: divmod
       builtin: pow
 
-   These methods are called to implement the binary arithmetic operations (``+``,
-   ``-``, ``*``, ``/``, ``//``, ``%``, :func:`divmod`, :func:`pow`, ``**``,
-   ``<<``, ``>>``, ``&``, ``^``, ``|``) with reflected (swapped) operands.
-   These functions are only called if the left operand does not support the
-   corresponding operation and the operands are of different types. [#]_  For
-   instance, to evaluate the expression ``x - y``, where *y* is an instance of
-   a class that has an :meth:`__rsub__` method, ``y.__rsub__(x)`` is called if
-   ``x.__sub__(y)`` returns *NotImplemented*.
+   These methods are called to implement the binary arithmetic operations
+   (``+``, ``-``, ``*``, ``@``, ``/``, ``//``, ``%``, :func:`divmod`,
+   :func:`pow`, ``**``, ``<<``, ``>>``, ``&``, ``^``, ``|``) with reflected
+   (swapped) operands.  These functions are only called if the left operand does
+   not support the corresponding operation and the operands are of different
+   types. [#]_ For instance, to evaluate the expression ``x - y``, where *y* is
+   an instance of a class that has an :meth:`__rsub__` method, ``y.__rsub__(x)``
+   is called if ``x.__sub__(y)`` returns *NotImplemented*.
 
    .. index:: builtin: pow
 
@@ -2059,6 +2062,7 @@ left undefined.
 .. method:: object.__iadd__(self, other)
             object.__isub__(self, other)
             object.__imul__(self, other)
+            object.__imatmul__(self, other)
             object.__itruediv__(self, other)
             object.__ifloordiv__(self, other)
             object.__imod__(self, other)
@@ -2070,17 +2074,17 @@ left undefined.
             object.__ior__(self, other)
 
    These methods are called to implement the augmented arithmetic assignments
-   (``+=``, ``-=``, ``*=``, ``/=``, ``//=``, ``%=``, ``**=``, ``<<=``, ``>>=``,
-   ``&=``, ``^=``, ``|=``).  These methods should attempt to do the operation
-   in-place (modifying *self*) and return the result (which could be, but does
-   not have to be, *self*).  If a specific method is not defined, the augmented
-   assignment falls back to the normal methods.  For instance, if *x* is an
-   instance of a class with an :meth:`__iadd__` method, ``x += y`` is equivalent
-   to ``x = x.__iadd__(y)`` . Otherwise, ``x.__add__(y)`` and ``y.__radd__(x)``
-   are considered, as with the evaluation of ``x + y``. In certain situations,
-   augmented assignment can result in unexpected errors (see
-   :ref:`faq-augmented-assignment-tuple-error`), but this behavior is in
-   fact part of the data model.
+   (``+=``, ``-=``, ``*=``, ``@=``, ``/=``, ``//=``, ``%=``, ``**=``, ``<<=``,
+   ``>>=``, ``&=``, ``^=``, ``|=``).  These methods should attempt to do the
+   operation in-place (modifying *self*) and return the result (which could be,
+   but does not have to be, *self*).  If a specific method is not defined, the
+   augmented assignment falls back to the normal methods.  For instance, if *x*
+   is an instance of a class with an :meth:`__iadd__` method, ``x += y`` is
+   equivalent to ``x = x.__iadd__(y)`` . Otherwise, ``x.__add__(y)`` and
+   ``y.__radd__(x)`` are considered, as with the evaluation of ``x + y``. In
+   certain situations, augmented assignment can result in unexpected errors (see
+   :ref:`faq-augmented-assignment-tuple-error`), but this behavior is in fact
+   part of the data model.
 
 
 .. method:: object.__neg__(self)
diff --git a/Doc/reference/expressions.rst b/Doc/reference/expressions.rst
index 1a5088a..12f9f2f 100644
--- a/Doc/reference/expressions.rst
+++ b/Doc/reference/expressions.rst
@@ -891,8 +891,9 @@ from the power operator, there are only two levels, one for multiplicative
 operators and one for additive operators:
 
 .. productionlist::
-   m_expr: `u_expr` | `m_expr` "*" `u_expr` | `m_expr` "//" `u_expr` | `m_expr` "/" `u_expr`
-         : | `m_expr` "%" `u_expr`
+   m_expr: `u_expr` | `m_expr` "*" `u_expr` | `m_expr` "@" `m_expr` |
+         : `m_expr` "//" `u_expr`| `m_expr` "/" `u_expr` |
+         : `m_expr` "%" `u_expr`
    a_expr: `m_expr` | `a_expr` "+" `m_expr` | `a_expr` "-" `m_expr`
 
 .. index:: single: multiplication
@@ -903,6 +904,13 @@ the other must be a sequence. In the former case, the numbers are converted to a
 common type and then multiplied together.  In the latter case, sequence
 repetition is performed; a negative repetition factor yields an empty sequence.
 
+.. index:: single: matrix multiplication
+
+The ``@`` (at) operator is intended to be used for matrix multiplication.  No
+builtin Python types implement this operator.
+
+.. versionadded:: 3.5
+
 .. index::
    exception: ZeroDivisionError
    single: division
@@ -1346,8 +1354,9 @@ precedence and have a left-to-right chaining feature as described in the
 +-----------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------+
 | ``+``, ``-``                                  | Addition and subtraction            |
 +-----------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------+
-| ``*``, ``/``, ``//``, ``%``                   | Multiplication, division, remainder |
-|                                               | [#]_                                |
+| ``*``, ``@``, ``/``, ``//``, ``%``            | Multiplication, matrix              |
+|                                               | multiplication division,            |
+|                                               | remainder [#]_                      |
 +-----------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------+
 | ``+x``, ``-x``, ``~x``                        | Positive, negative, bitwise NOT     |
 +-----------------------------------------------+-------------------------------------+
diff --git a/Doc/reference/import.rst b/Doc/reference/import.rst
index e9b7e53..2d60e62 100644
--- a/Doc/reference/import.rst
+++ b/Doc/reference/import.rst
@@ -339,6 +339,7 @@ of what happens during the loading portion of import::
 
     module = None
     if spec.loader is not None and hasattr(spec.loader, 'create_module'):
+        # It is assumed 'exec_module' will also be defined on the loader.
         module = spec.loader.create_module(spec)
     if module is None:
         module = ModuleType(spec.name)
@@ -427,7 +428,7 @@ Module loaders may opt in to creating the module object during loading
 by implementing a :meth:`~importlib.abc.Loader.create_module` method.
 It takes one argument, the module spec, and returns the new module object
 to use during loading.  ``create_module()`` does not need to set any attributes
-on the module object.  If the loader does not define ``create_module()``, the
+on the module object.  If the method returns ``None``, the
 import machinery will create the new module itself.
 
 .. versionadded:: 3.4
@@ -459,7 +460,13 @@ import machinery will create the new module itself.
 
     * If loading fails, the loader must remove any modules it has inserted
       into :data:`sys.modules`, but it must remove **only** the failing
-      module, and only if the loader itself has loaded it explicitly.
+      module(s), and only if the loader itself has loaded the module(s)
+      explicitly.
+
+.. versionchanged:: 3.5
+   A :exc:`DeprecationWarning` is raised when ``exec_module()`` is defined but
+   ``create_module()`` is not. Starting in Python 3.6 it will be an error to not
+   define ``create_module()`` on a loader attached to a ModuleSpec.
 
 Module spec
 -----------
@@ -753,6 +760,15 @@ hook` callables on :data:`sys.path_hooks`, then the following protocol is used
 to ask the finder for a module spec, which is then used when loading the
 module.
 
+The current working directory -- denoted by an empty string -- is handled
+slightly differently from other entries on :data:`sys.path`. First, if the
+current working directory is found to not exist, no value is stored in
+:data:`sys.path_importer_cache`. Second, the value for the current working
+directory is looked up fresh for each module lookup. Third, the path used for
+:data:`sys.path_importer_cache` and returned by
+:meth:`importlib.machinery.PathFinder.find_spec` will be the actual current
+working directory and not the empty string.
+
 Path entry finder protocol
 --------------------------
 
diff --git a/Doc/reference/lexical_analysis.rst b/Doc/reference/lexical_analysis.rst
index 2bf66b1..c673791 100644
--- a/Doc/reference/lexical_analysis.rst
+++ b/Doc/reference/lexical_analysis.rst
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ The Unicode category codes mentioned above stand for:
 * *Nd* - decimal numbers
 * *Pc* - connector punctuations
 * *Other_ID_Start* - explicit list of characters in `PropList.txt
-  <http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/PropList.txt>`_ to support backwards
+  <http://www.unicode.org/Public/7.0.0/ucd/PropList.txt>`_ to support backwards
   compatibility
 * *Other_ID_Continue* - likewise
 
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ Operators
 
 The following tokens are operators::
 
-   +       -       *       **      /       //      %
+   +       -       *       **      /       //      %      @
    <<      >>      &       |       ^       ~
    <       >       <=      >=      ==      !=
 
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ The following tokens serve as delimiters in the grammar::
 
    (       )       [       ]       {       }
    ,       :       .       ;       @       =       ->
-   +=      -=      *=      /=      //=     %=
+   +=      -=      *=      /=      //=     %=      @=
    &=      |=      ^=      >>=     <<=     **=
 
 The period can also occur in floating-point and imaginary literals.  A sequence
@@ -728,4 +728,4 @@ occurrence outside string literals and comments is an unconditional error::
 
 .. rubric:: Footnotes
 
-.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/NameAliases.txt
+.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/7.0.0/ucd/NameAliases.txt
diff --git a/Doc/reference/simple_stmts.rst b/Doc/reference/simple_stmts.rst
index 8946b4f..5f60540 100644
--- a/Doc/reference/simple_stmts.rst
+++ b/Doc/reference/simple_stmts.rst
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ operation and an assignment statement:
 .. productionlist::
    augmented_assignment_stmt: `augtarget` `augop` (`expression_list` | `yield_expression`)
    augtarget: `identifier` | `attributeref` | `subscription` | `slicing`
-   augop: "+=" | "-=" | "*=" | "/=" | "//=" | "%=" | "**="
+   augop: "+=" | "-=" | "*=" | "@=" | "/=" | "//=" | "%=" | "**="
         : | ">>=" | "<<=" | "&=" | "^=" | "|="
 
 (See section :ref:`primaries` for the syntax definitions of the last three
diff --git a/Doc/tools/extensions/pyspecific.py b/Doc/tools/extensions/pyspecific.py
index 64a5665..9b78184 100644
--- a/Doc/tools/extensions/pyspecific.py
+++ b/Doc/tools/extensions/pyspecific.py
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ import suspicious
 
 
 ISSUE_URI = 'https://bugs.python.org/issue%s'
-SOURCE_URI = 'https://hg.python.org/cpython/file/3.4/%s'
+SOURCE_URI = 'https://hg.python.org/cpython/file/default/%s'
 
 # monkey-patch reST parser to disable alphabetic and roman enumerated lists
 from docutils.parsers.rst.states import Body
diff --git a/Doc/tools/susp-ignored.csv b/Doc/tools/susp-ignored.csv